Catalogo Ety C Fluke 08 B

DlAGNOSTlCO POR lMAGENES
RADlAClON ONCOLOGlCA
SEGURlDAD RADlOLOGlCA

CATALOGO DE PRODUCTOS

2008

ETYC S.A.
Av. Jujuy 313 PB B
C1083AAD- Ciudad de Buenos Aires
Argentina
TE / Fax: 54-11-4932-6620 Lneas Rotativas
E-mail: etyc@grupo-dyne.com
etyc@infovia.com.ar
etyc@etyc.com.ar
Web: www.etyc.com.ar

TABLA DE CONTENIDOS

Diagnstico por Imgenes
Instrumentos para Rayos X
Osciloscopio Versin Mdica 199XRAY 5
Kit QA/Calibracin/Service en el campo de Rayos X TRIAD
TM
TnT 10500AMT 9
Dispositivo de Inspeccin para equipos de Rayos X TNT 12000 14
Dispositivo para Prueba Completa de Rayos X NERO
mAx 8000 17

Dispositivo para Prueba Completa de Rayos X 4000M+ 21
Dispositivo para medidas de Exposicin RAD-CHECK PLUS 23
Dispositivo para medidas de Exposicin RAD-CHECK MICRO-R 24
Medidor MAS-5 25
Medidor mAs Digital Doble Rango 26
Contador de Pulso de Rayos X Digital/Temporizador Nuclear 27
Medidor de KVp no Invasivo Digital Mod. 07-494 Amplio Rango 29
Mod. 07-492 Mamografa
Mod. 07-479 Dental
Kits para Control de Calidad y Service 30
- Kit de Procedimientos Especiales/Cateterismo Cardaco
- Kit de Mamografa
- Kit de Radiografa/Fluoroscopia
- Kit Dental
Patrones de Prueba para Medida de la Resolucin 31
Patrones Estrella 32
Herramienta de Prueba para Punto Focal, Alineamiento del Haz/Colimador 33
Stand de Prueba 34

Fantomas
Fantoma de Cabeza para Angiografa, Mod. RS-230 a RS-245T 35
Fantoma de Cabeza para Tomografa Computada, RS-250 37
Fantoma de Pecho/Pulmn, Mod. RS-310 a RS-350 38
Fantoma Mammo II, Mod. RS-750 40

Radiografa/Fluoroscopia
Herramientas de Prueba
Dispositivo para Alineamiento del Haz en Fluoroscopia, Mod.07-600 41
Herramienta para Prueba de Resolucin en Fluoroscopia, Mod.07-601 42
Herramienta para sistemas de Radiografa Computada/Digital, Mod.07-605-7777 43
Herramienta para Prueba de Calidad de la Imagen Dental, Mod.76-025 44

Fantomas
Fantoma para Contraste de Imgenes, Mod.07-643 46
Fantoma para Calidad de la Imagen en Radiografa/Fluoroscopia, Mod.07-647 47
Fantoma para Control de Calidad en Fluoroscopia, Mod.07-649 48
Fantoma para Prdida de Detalle Radiografa Digital/Convencional, Mod.07-652 49
Fantoma para Prueba de Imgenes Fluoroscpicas, Mod.07-653 50
Fantomas para medir Exposicin de Rayos X, Mod. Series 76-2 51
Fantoma para Cardiologa NEMA, Mod.07-680 53
Fantoma Dental, Mod.76-606 57
Fantoma para Angiografa por Sustraccin Digital, Mod.76-710 58

Mamografa
Herramientas de Prueba
MCX Mamchex/AEC, Mod.07-MCX 60
Herramienta de Prueba para el Phototimer en Mamografa, Mod.18-203 61
Herramienta para Prueba de la Colimacin en Mamografa, Mod.18-303 62

Fantomas
Fantoma de Resolucin de Alto Contraste solo Exposicin, Mod.18-216 63
Fantoma de Acreditacin Mamogrfico, Mod.18-220 64
Fantoma para Mamografa Tejido Equivalente, Mod.18-222 65
Fantoma CDMAN (Contrast Detail Mammography), Mod.18-227 66
Fantoma para Biopsia con Aguja Estereotctica, Mod.18-228 67
Fantoma para Biopsia Core Estereotctica, Mod.18-229-1313 67
Fantoma de Entrenamiento para Biopsia Triple Modalidad, Mod.18-229 68
Fantoma para Acreditacin de Biopsia Estereotctica Digital, Mod.18-250 69
Fantoma para Contraste y Resolucin en Mamografa, Mod.18-251-2000 70
Fantoma para Detalle de Contraste para Mamografa, Mod.18-252 71

Tomografa Computada (TC)
Fantomas
Fantoma para TC Espiral/Helicoidal, Mod.76-409 72
Fantoma para evaluar Performance de escneres en TC AAPM, Mod.76-410-4130 73
Fantomas para imagen del Cuerpo y Cabeza Adulto/Peditrico, Mod.76-419-4150 75
Fantoma para Calidad de la Imagen y Dosis de Radiacin en TC, Mod.76-430 77
Fantoma para Calidad de la Exploracin de escner axial/espiral, Mod.76-432 78
Fantoma Abdominal para Procedimientos Intervencionistas, Mod.84-357 79
Fantoma para ndices de Dosis en TC, Mod.76-424-4156 80

MRI (Imagen por Resonancia Magntica)
Fantomas
Fantoma Multiuso MRI, Mod.76-903 82
Fantoma Bobina Superficial MRI, Mod.76-904 83
Fantoma para Resolucin de Alto Contraste/Espesor del Corte 3D, Mod.76-908 84
Fantoma para Uniformidad/Linealidad, Mod.76-907 84

Ultrasonido
Fantomas
Fantoma Multiuso para Sistemas de Ultrasonido, Mod.84-317 85
Fantoma Multi tejido para Ultrasonido, Mod.84-340 86
Fantoma para Ultrasonido de Propsito General, Mod.84-342 87
Fantoma para Ultrasonido de Campo Cercano, Mod.84-350 88
Fantoma de Prstata para Procedimientos de US-Guiados, Mod.84-353 89

Radiacin Oncolgica
Acelerador Lineal (AC)
Instrumentos
Dosmetro para Terapia Avanzado (ATD), Mod.35040 90
Dosmetro para Terapia Avanzado (ATD) Serie Limitada, Mod.560 92
Calibre para Alineacin TEL-ALIGN
TM
, Mod.37-001 93
GARD
TM
, Mod.37-013 94
Monitor de la dosis al paciente y control de calidad del AC, Mod.37-705 95
Dosmetro de la dosis al paciente, Mod.37-720 97
Sistema de Verificacin de la dosis, Mod.37-100 98
Dispositivo de Chequeo Diario DOUBLE CHECK PRO, Mod.7600 100
Sistema de evaluacin del haz TRACKER 90100 102
Sistema de evaluacin del haz THEBES II, Mod.7020/7040 104
Herramienta de Control de Calidad, Mod.37-731 106

Cmaras de Ionizacin
Cmara de Ionizacin SEMIFLEX
TM
, 0.3cm
3
, Impermeable, Mod.30-316 107
Cmara de Ionizacin MARKUS
TM
, 0.055cm
3
Cmara de Ionizacin MARKUS ADVANCE, 0.02cm
3
, Mod.30-331 111
Cmara de Ionizacin de Electrones ROOS, 0.35cm
3
, Mod.30-332 113
Cmara de Ionizacin SEMIFLEX
TM
, 0.125cm
3
Cmara de Ionizacin FARMER-TYPE, 0.6cm
3
Cmara de Ionizacin PinPoint
TM
, 0.015cm
3

Fantomas
Fantoma IMRT, Mod.74-001 121
Fantoma IMRT, Mod.74-007, 74-008, 74-034 124
Fantoma de Simulacin CT, Mod.76-417 128
Fantoma de Densidad del Electrn, Mod.76-462 129
Fantoma para Radiociruga Linac y GAMMA Knife, Mod. ST-1100A y ST-1150 130

Medicina Nuclear
Calibradores de Dosis
Analizador Multicanal Wiper Cal/Rad/Contador Single-Well Wipe, Mod.05-500 132
CAL/RAD MARK IV, Mod.34-162-2200 134
CAL/RAD MARK V, Mod.34-164-2200 136
CAL/RAD MARK VI, Mod.34-165 138

Fantomas
Fantoma de Performance PET/SPECT, Mod.76-823 140
Insercin Cardaca PET/SPECT, Mod.76-825 141
Fantoma de Resolucin Espacial para Sistemas SPECT, Mod.76-826 142
Fantoma de Calibracin de Pxel, Mod.76-829 143
Fantoma para Control de Calidad de Cmara Gamma, Mod.76-838 144
Fantoma de Dispersin, Mod.76-840 145
Patrones de Prueba y Fantomas Barra, Mod.76-814 a 76-890 146

35080M/199XRAY
Non-Invasive kVp Divider and
Medical ScopeMeter
Technical Data
35080M Non-Invasive kVp Divider
The 35080M Non-Invasive kVp Divider quickly
and accurately measures kVp for all modalities.
The unit checks both above and below table
tubes and displays the direct kVp values on either
the 35050AT Dosimeter, the 199XRAY Medical
ScopeMeter, or optional Excel Add-in software.
The 35080M is highly portable and eliminates
the need for bulky and heavy high-voltage divider
tanks. In fact, its so compact in size that it ts
into a shirt pocket.
A patented* wide-range lter pack is included
with the 35080M and provides accurate readings
for the range of 50 kVp to 150 kVp. Four optional
lter packs are available for use with the 35080M
for CT, mammographic, and mobile applications.
199XRAY Medical Scopemeter
The 199XRAY Medical ScopeMeter has all of the
normal oscilloscope functions, as well as the
speed, performance, and analysis power for the
more demanding applications. This high-perfor-
mance oscilloscope offers specications found on
top-end bench instruments. With up to 200 MHz
bandwidth, 2.5 GS/s real-time sampling, and
a deep memory of 27,500 points per input, the
199XRAY is ideal for engineers who need the full
capabilities of a high-performance oscilloscope in
a handheld, battery-powered instrument.
In addition, the 199XRAY is especially designed
for use with x-ray systems. This ScopeMeter
displays kVp waveforms and direct kVp values
simultaneously on an easy-to-read screen. Now
you no longer have to waste time calculating
scope traces to derive the kVp values.
The winning combination
The 35080M and 199XRAY are commonly used x-ray tools unmatched by traditional meters. This
winning combination allows busy service engineers and biomedical personnel the ability to perform
fast and accurate verication of kVp values for calibration or QA assessment. Fluke Biomedical is
offering this combination in a convenient kit with all the accessories you need to get started.
*
US Patent #4.843.619 and 4,916,727
Technical
specications
Range
50 kVp to 150 kVp, using only
the wide-range radiographic
filter pack (Model 37617). Range
and versatility are extended with
the use of special optional filter
packs
Accuracy
2 % of reading in the range
of 50 kVp to 150 kVp, exclu-
sive of linearity, filtration, and
gain effects. Linearity correc-
tions automatically applied
when using 35080M with either
35050AT Dosimeter or 199XRAY
Response time
150 s (10 % to 90 %)
Calibration
Internally generated signal
provides a calibration check
Minimum time for valid
reading
1 ms, three-phase; one line
cycle, single-phase
Key features
New miniaturized conguration for convenient transport to the job site
Fast/easy non-invasive kVp values for calibration/QA
Non-invasive technology eliminates the hazards of high-voltage cables and the need
for bulky divider tanks
Auto ON/OFF when connected/disconnected
Optional lter packs enable testing in all modalities
Rh/Rh measurement capability when 35080M is used with cadmium K-edge and
linear mammo lter pack pair
Convenient storage/carrying case
35080M
Non-Invasive kVp Divider
Tube current
Wide dynamic range from
4 mA to 3000 mA (three-phase),
2 mA to 1500 mA (single-phase).
Generator settings will vary in
waveform and distance. Less
than 1 kVp effect for wide-
range radiographic filter pack
covering 50 kVp to 150 kVp.
Specialty filter packs may have
different characteristics
Environmental
Temperature range
0 C to 35 C
Relative humidity
20 % to 80 %
Storage temperature
-35 C to 50 C
Orientation
Long axis of the Model 35080M
Non-invasive kVp Divider oriented
perpendicular to axis of x-ray
tube to eliminate heel effect
Power requirements
9 V battery, 60 hours operation
Dimensions (LxWxH)
6 cm x 9 cm x 21 cm
(2.38 in x 3.5 in x 8.25 in)
Weight
0.68 kg (1.5 lb)
199XRAY
Medical ScopeMeter
Technical
specications
Field applications
Dual input200 MHz,
100 MHz or 60 MHz bandwidth
Up to 2.5 GS/s real-time
sampling per input
Connect-and-View
automatic
triggering and a full range of
manual trigger modes
Digital Persistence for analyzing
complex dynamic waveforms,
similar to an analog scope
Fast-display update rate for
seeing dynamic behavior
instantaneously
Automatic capture and replay
of 100 screens
27,500 points-per-input record
length using ScopeRecord mode
TrendPlot paperless chart
recorder for trend analysis
up to 22 days
Up to 1,000 V independently
oating isolated inputs
Waveform reference for visual
comparisons and automatic
pass/fail testing of waveforms
Vpwm function for motor drive
and frequency inverter
applications
1000 V CAT II and 600 V CAT III
safety certied
Rechargeable NiMH battery
pack, four hours operation
mAs measurement
calculates current over time
Using the cursors, you can now
measure directly the amount
of radiation produced by x-ray
systems, or the total amount of
charge applied to a system.
Smart averaging
Smart averaging gives the aver-
aged waveform over successive
acquisitions, reducing noise in
the displayed waveform. Thanks
to smart averaging, you can now
also see an incidental curve of
a different wave shape with no
effect on the averaged curve.
This allows you to see the aver-
aged curve of a sequence of video
lines, for example, while still
seeing the incidental yback line
ash by. The oscilloscope gives
an immediate response when the
signal makes large changes.
Extended offset
Vertical offset is now extended
to a maximum of 16 divisions,
allowing vertical zoom-in for
study of small details of the
signal.
Selectable persistence
Persistence mode with select-
able decay time helps to nd
anomalies in the wave shape and
optimizes the display for color
information when working with
composite color video.
Key features
ScopeMeter displays kVp wave forms and direct kVp
values simultaneously on an easy-to-read screen
No more time spent calculating scope traces to
derive kVp values
Full medical oscilloscope scope functionality with
color display
ScopeMeter triggers on standard interlaced and
high-resolution, non-interlaced video systems. Triggers
on all lines nonselectively or select an individual video
lineup to 2800 lines per frame
mAs measurement calculates current over time
Smart averaging capabilities
Extended vertical offset
Selectable persistence mode
Extended video triggering
FlukeView
for Windows
for documenting, enhancing,

waveform analysis, and archiving results
Extended video triggering
Along with its triggering capa-
bility for standard, interlaced
TV signals, the instrument also
triggers on high-resolution, non-
interlaced video systems. The
ScopeMeter 199XRAY will trigger
on all lines (nonselective), or
can select an individual video
line from systems with up to
2800 lines per frame.
Fluke Biomedical.
Better products. More choices. One company.
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Road
Cleveland, OH 44139-3303 U.S.A.
Fluke Biomedical Europe
Science Park Eindhoven 5110,
5692EC Son, The Netherlands
For more information, contact us:
In the U.S.A. (800) 850-4608 or
Fax (440) 349-2307
In Europe/M-East/Africa +31 40 267 5200 or
Fax +31 40 267 5436
From other countries +1 (440) 248-9300 or
Fax +1 (440) 349-2307
Email: sales@ukebiomedical.com
Web access: www.ukebiomedical.com
2006, 2008 Fluke Biomedical. All OEM company
trademarks are implied. Specications subject to
change without notice. Printed in U.S.A.
4/2008 2818410 D-EN-N Rev B
About Fluke Biomedical
Fluke Biomedical is the worlds leading manufacturer of quality biomedical test
and simulation products. In addition, Fluke Biomedical provides the latest medical
imaging and oncology quality-assurance solutions for regulatory compliance.
Today, biomedical personnel must meet the increasing regulatory pressures,
higher quality standards, and rapid technological growth, while performing their
work faster and more efciently than ever. Fluke Biomedical provides a diverse
range of software and hardware tools to meet todays challenges.
Fluke Biomedical Regulatory Commitment
As a medical test device manufacturer, we recognize and follow certain quality
standards and certications when developing our products. We are ISO 9001
certied and our products are:
CE Certifed, where required
NIST Traceable and Calibrated
UL, CSA, ETL Certifed, where required
NRC Compliant, where required
Ordering information
Model
35080M/199XRAY kVp Divider and Medical ScopeMeter
Kit [includes Non-Invasive kVp
Divider (35080M), wide-range
lter pack (37617), carrying case
(121002900), Medical ScopeMeter
(199XRAY), Medical ScopeMeter
Accessory Kit (MA190)]
199XRAY Medical ScopeMeter with kVp
capabilities [includes the MA190
Medical ScopeMeter Accessory Kit]
35080M Non-Invasive kVp Divider [includes
wide-range lter pack (37617) and
carrying case (1210029000)]
199XRAY standard accessories
MA190 Medical ScopeMeter Accessory Kit
[includes FlukeView
for Windows

software, 50 BNC feed-through
terminator, 50 BNC terminator with
10:1 signal attenuation, 1 current
shunt for current measurements,
safety-designed BNC cable (1.5 m/5 ft),
insulated BNC (f) to 4 mm banana-
plug adapter, dual 4 mm banana
receptacles (1 red, 1 black)]
35080M standard accessories
37617 Wide-Range Filter Pack
1210029000 Carrying Case
35080M optional accessories
33551 CT Filter Pack
37351 Linear mammo Filter Pack
37355 Cadmium K-Edge Filter Pack
37946 Mobile Filter Pack
38237 Low range Filter Pack
FlukeView
for Windows
Documenting
Transfer waveforms, screens,
and measurement data from
the ScopeMeter to a PC. Print or
import the data into your
report.
Enhancing
Add user text to individual
ScopeMeter settings, providing
guidance to the operator when
recalling a setup.
Archiving
Create a library of waveforms
with your comments for easy
reference and comparison.
Store complete replay cycles
for analysis of waveform
changes. Store complete
memory content of the
ScopeMeter on your PC for
backup purposes.
Waveform comparison
Store reference waveforms, add
operator instructions, and send
both to the ScopeMeter for
waveform comparison and
Pass/Fail testing.
Analysis
Use cursors, perform spectrum
analysis, or export data to
other analysis programs.
MA190 Accessory Kit
The MA190 accessory set
enables interconnection of
the Fluke 199XRAY for use in
the eld of Medical Imaging
and Video systems. The kit is
included in the Fluke 199XRAY
as a standard. The accessory kit
includes the following:
50 BNC feedthrough
terminator, in insulated
enclosure, to maintain proper
termination of test connections
during measurement
50 BNC terminator with
10:1 signal attenuation, to keep
test terminal properly loaded
while getting optimum signal
amplitude to benet from the
instruments extended offset
range
1 current shunt for current
measurements, in insulated
enclosure
Safety-designed BNC cable,
1.5 m (5 ft), with plastic con-
nectors for safe connection to
test terminals even when not
at ground potential
Insulated BNC (f) to 4 mm
banana-plug adapter
Dual 4 mm banana receptacles
(1 red, 1 black)
Dimensions (LxWxH)
25.6 cm x 16.9 cm x 6.4 cm
(10.1 in x 6.6 in x 2.5 in)
Weight
2 kg (4.4 lb)
Technical Data
The TRIAD TnT X-Ray Field Service/
Calibration/QA Kit is a full-function, x-ray
dosimeter kit that performs fast, highly
sensitive measurements. It is ideal for
government compliance testing,
troubleshooting, repair of diagnostic x-ray
equipment, installation and setup of new
equipment, preventive maintenance,
radiographic QA measurements, and
measurements required for JCAHO
accreditation. The kit performs measurements
for all modalities: radiographic, uoroscopic,
mammographic (MQSA), CT, cine and dental.
The TRIAD TnT Kit comes in three popular
congurations:
10100AT is the base-level dosimeter
kit and features the 35050AT dosimeter, a
technologically advanced, microprocessor-
controlled, x-ray radiation dosimeter. The kit
also includes ion chambers and test stand,
triaxial/coaxial cable, AC adapter, HVL lter
set, RS232 interface cable with adapters,
customization software, instruction manual
CD, and lightweight carrying case.
10500AT includes all of the components
from the 10100AT, in addition to the 35080M
non-invasive kVp divider and 37617 wide-
range lter pack (50 kVp to 150 kVp), for
quick and accurate kV measurement.
10500AMT is equipped with all the
components from the 10500AT, as well
as the 35035 mA/mAs meter and CA-23
universal test-lead kit, allowing engineers to
accurately measure mAs and uoroscopic mA
for diagnostic, radiographic, and uoroscopic
imaging equipment.
The TRIAD TnT incorporates the latest design
innovations to enhance ease-of-use, range of
applications, and save valuable time. TRIAD
TnT continues the TRIAD tradition as the
most accurate, widely used instrument of its
kind available.
Key Features
Bright display with direct readout in user-selected units
Image intensier measurements at 0.1 R and 0.1 R/s resolution; cine in R/frame
Expanded kVp and exposure-time measurement capabilities
Simplied controls include autoreset, autoranging, automatic offset and drift compensation,
automatic power-down, and automatic pressure and temperature correction
Optional TRIAD toolkit for Excel for remote operation, waveform capture, and calibration
Multiple self-checking features to reduce testing time
Battery-powered with auto power-down feature to extend battery life
Automatic temperature and pressure correction for faster operation in any environment
Timesaving scroll functionality
Recognizes and ignores spurious background signals
Very low dose rate: 20 nGy/s at a 1 nGy/s resolution
Broader range of dental unit kV and time measurement
10100AT, 10500AT & 10500AMT
TRIAD TnT X-Ray Field Service/Calibration/QA Kit
35080M Non-Invasive kVp Divider
The 35080M Non-Invasive kVp Divider quickly and accurately measures
kV for all modalities. The unit checks both above and below table tubes,
and the direct kV values are displayed on either the 35050AT Dosimeter or
the 199XRAY Medical ScopeMeter. Derived kV can also be calculated using
a storage oscilloscope. The 35080M Non-Invasive kVp Divider is highly
portable and eliminates the need for bulky and heavy high-voltage divider
tanks so compact in size that it ts into a shirt pocket.
A patented* wide-range lter pack is included with the 35080M Non-
Invasive kVp Divider and provides accurate readings for the range of 50 kVp
to 150 kVp. Four optional lter packs are available for use with the 35080M
Non-Invasive kVp Divider for CT, mammographic, and mobile applications.
Key Features
New pocket-size conguration
Non-invasive technology eliminates the hazards of high-voltage cables and
need for bulky divider tanks
Auto ON/OFF when connected/disconnected
Optional lter packs enable testing in all modalities
Rh/Rh measurement capability when 35080M Non-Invasive kVp Divider is
used with cadmium K-Edge and linear mammo lter pack pair
35035 Digital mA/mAs Meter
The 35035 Digital mA/mAs Meter is a versatile instrument that is used by
x-ray service engineers, eld service engineers, and biomedical engineers
to accurately measure mAs and uoroscopic mA accurately for diagnostic,
radiographic, and uoroscopic imaging equipment. The 35035 Digital mA/
mAs Meter operates with one, easily replaceable 9-volt alkaline battery,
facilitating convenience and portability.
96020C and 96035B Diagnostic Ion Chambers
The 96020C and 96035B Diagnostic Ion Chambers are vented-volume,
parallel-plate air ionization chambers with side-mounted BNC triaxial
connectors. The 96020C Ion Chamber has a nominal volume of 150 cm
3
,
and the 96035B has a nominal volume of 15 cm
3
. Both ion chambers have
a fully-guarded, centrally-located collector plate that provides superior
collection efciency.
The patented* 96035B has a dual-energy range that enables both
diagnostic and mammographic measurements. They are accomplished
using the other side as the entrance window.
Key Features
Very low leakage and low noise
Rugged mechanical construction
Ionization chambers are supplied with triaxial BNC connectors
* Patent numbers 4,843,619, 4,916,727 and 5,508,526.
* Patent numbers 4,843,619, 4,916,727 and 5,508,526.
Technical Specications
10100AT TRIAD TnT Kit
Exposure and Exposure Rate Accuracy
Basic accuracy of 35050AT: 1 % of reading
2 range resolution steps over range of 18 C to
28 C and 2 % of reading 2 range resolution
steps over the full operating temperature range of
0 C to 50 C
Note: A 3 % NIST-traceable calibration is
provided with each system and includes effects of
35050AT, 96035B, and 96020C.
Exposure Time Measurement
Exposure Time Accuracy: 0.1 % of reading
0.2 msec
Maximum Exposure Time: 6.5 s
Measurement Resolution: 0.2 ms
Measurement Modes
kVp/Dose/Time: Single-shot (all-in-one
exposure), direct-beam measurement of exposure,
kVp, and time; autoranging across three-decade
ranges; auto reset between exposures; display
updates after each exposure
kVp/Rate: Simultaneous measurement of kVp and
exposure rate
Full Sensitivity Dose: Autoranging across ve
decades of sensitive ranges; automatic drift and
offset compensation; automatic post-exposure
display hold
Full Sensitivity Rate: Measurement range
covers a span from low-level image intensier
measurements to unattenuated, direct beams;
automatic offset compensation and nonlinear
ltering. Autoranging provides ve decades of
sensitivity ranges. Display updates once per
second.
Very Low Dose Rate (VLDR)
This mode is only for making very low dose rate
measurements. Nonlinear digital ltering and
autoranging provide ve decades of sensitivity
ranges. Display updates once per second. In
this mode, automatic current offset and drift
compensation are disabled. As a result, the system
can display very low dose rates.
Power Requirements
Battery Life: ~30 hours with six AA alkaline
batteries; automatic power-down after user-
selected period of unattended operation (5 min
to 255 min); AC adapter supplied with each
35050AT
Note: When the AC adapter is in use, the auto
power-down feature is disabled, providing
continuous operation. User selections for ion
chamber, units, kV lter pack, temperature,
pressure, and frame are stored in nonvolatile
memory before automatic turnoff; eliminates
manual reselection at power-up.
Bias Voltage Supply: Fixed electronic bias
(~300 V); bias voltage removed from triaxial input
connector at instrument turnoff
Customization: Allows user to modify contents of
nonvolatile memory, including ion chamber and
kV lter pack conversion factors, temperature and
pressure units, radiation units, and power down
interval. A eld customization software program is
included for use with an IBM
-PC or compatible.
Ion Chamber Units Effective Range *** Resolution Step Size
15 cc R 100 to 20 1
R/s 100 to 20 1
R/m 5 m to 1200 m 50
R/h 100 m 72 k 1 m
R/f ** 2 to 333 m 0.02
Gy 1 to 175 m 0.01
Gy/s 1 174 m 0.01
Gy/m 50 to 10.5 0.5
Gy/h 1 m to 630 m 0.01
Gy/f ** 0.02 to 2.9 m 0.2
150 cc R 10 to 2 0.1
R/s 10 to 2 0.1
R/m 0.5 m to 120 m 5
R/h 10 m to 7.2 k 0.1 m
R/f ** 0.2 to 33 m 0.002
Gy 0.1 to 17.5 m 0.001
Gy/s 0.1 to 17.5 m 0.001
Gy/m 5 to 1050 m .05
Gy/h 0.1 m to 63 m 0.001 m
Gy/f ** 0.002 to 290 0.02 n
150 cc VLDR R/s 2 to 2* 0.1
R/m 0.1 m to 120* 5
R/h 2 m to 7.2 k* 0.1 m
R/f ** 0.04 to 33 m* 0.002
Gy/s 0.02 to 17.5 m* 0.001
Gy/m 1 to 1050 m* 0.05
Gy/h 0.02 m to 63 m* 0.001 m
Gy/f ** 0.4 n to 290 * 0.02 n
Electrical Units C 1 p to 100 n 0.01 p
A 1 p to 100 n 0.01 p
Values for ion chambers are calculated using nominal sensitivities: 15 cc: 2.4 x 10
8
R/C, 150 cc: 2.4 x 10
7
R/C
*Very Low Dose Rate effective range at 5 % resolution steps. **At 60 f/s (1 to 120 frames/selectable).
***IEC 61674 effective range at 1 % resolution steps
Connections
35080M Interface: Male, two lug BNC
Computer Interface: RS232, using RJ-45
connector; 9,600 baud 8-bit, 1 stop, no
parity, xon/xoff; enables fully-programmable
operation and waveform display from a PC
with optional Excel add-in; powered when
connected to computer
Ion Chamber Input: Triax, BNC; collector and
guard positive-biased relative to ion chamber
body and dosimeter chassis
Power: 2.1 mm DC power jack, power input for
an unregulated 9 V, 200 mA adapter with a
center negative, 2.1 mm plug
General Information
Display: Two-line, 20-character alphanumeric
PLED (polymer LED), with 0.5 cm character
height; indicates all ion chamber/kV lter
pack identication information, numerical
measurement results, battery level, calibration
date and other information
Weight: 14 lb (6.4 kg)
Optional Accessories
USB to RS232 adapter (38617)
Accessories Supplied
Test Stand (37581): Machined stainless steel
upright rod with base, ion chamber holder,
and tray for HVL lters, which includes one ion
chamber stem
Programming Kit (37594): Includes
customization software on CD, IBM-PC format and
6.5 ft (2 m)
RS232 interface cable with adapters for PC-
type and AT-type computers
Instruction Manual (35050ATCD): 10100AT
TRIAD Field Service Kit Operators Instruction
Manual on CD
Cable (38208): 20 ft (6 m) coax/triax cable
AC Adapter: 9 V, 200 mA, DC
HVL lter Set (37668): Set of 12 aluminum
lters for half-value layer measurements, which
includes one 2 mm, two 1 mm, two 0.5 mm,
three 0.1 mm, one 0.2 mm and three 0.05 mm
Kit Carrying Case (37500D): High-density
polyethylene (HDPE) plastic absorbs impact
to protect contents. Custom-cut, high-quality
(Technical Specs continued on next page)
96020C and 96035B
Diagnostic Ion Chambers
Energy Range
96020C: 30 kVp to 150 kVp
96035B: 30 kVp to 150 kVp for diagnostic
measurements; 20 kVp to 50 kVp for
mammographic measurements
Nominal Volume
96020C: 150 cm
3
; 11.30 cm diameter by 1.50
cm thick active volume
96035B: 15 cm
3
; 3.96 cm diameter by 1.22 cm
thick active volume
Nominal Sensitivity
96020C: H60: 2.08 R/C x 10
7
R/C at 22 C
and 760 mmHg (optimized for low-level image
intensier and cine measurements)
96035B: L100: 2.0 R/C x 10
8
R/C at 22 C and
760 mmHg
MV30 (PTB Mammo Point): 2.21 R/C x 10
8

R/C at 22 C and 760 mmHg (at energy
response suitable for conventional diagnostic
radiography and mammography)
Leakage Current
< 10 fA under normal bias conditions (300 V)
Collection Efciency
96020C: 95 % at 2,000 R/min
96035B: 95 % at 5,000 R/min
Wall Material
96020C: Composite graphite-lled
thermoplastic
96035B: Graphite-coated acrylic (methyl-
methacrylate)
Window Material
96020C: 0.76 mm thick, graphite-coated
polycarbonate
96035B: Both entrance windows are made of
0.25 mm graphite-coated polycarbonate
Window Density
96020C: 91 mg/cm
2

96035B: 32 mg/cm
2
Active Window Area
96020C: 100 cm
2
, centered within the
chamber body
96035B: Each side of the chamber has a
circular active window region centered 7.1 mm
further from the BNC connector than the center
of the chamber body; active window regions
have an area of 12.32 cm
2
Collector Plate
96020C: 0.8 mm thick graphite-coated acrylic
plate, 10.80 cm in diameter; 2.16 cm x 2.85 cm
guard region electrically isolated from collector
area
96035B: 0.25 mm thick, centrally mounted,
graphite-coated, polycarbonate plate, 3.18
cm, 0.01 cm in diameter; 1.27 cm x 0.89 cm
guard region is electrically isolated from the
collector area
Connector
Side-mounted, triaxial, two-lug BNC connector
Calibration
96020C Standard Calibration: Standard
calibration performed at H60 (NIST dened as
60 kVp, rst HVL of 6.0 mm Al, homogeneity
coefcient of 94)
96035B Standard Calibration: Standard
calibration performed at one diagnostic and
one mammographic beam quality; calibration
factors normalized to 22 C and 760 mmHg
Diagnostic Unattenuated Beam: Calibration
on diagnostic side of chamber is performed at
M80 (NIST dened as 80 kVp, rst HVL of 2.97
mm Al, homogeneity coefcient of 57)
Mammographic Beam: Calibration on
mammographic side performed at Mo/Mo28
(NIST dened as 28 kVp, rst HVL of 0.332
mm Al, homogeneity coefcient of 74.3) or
MV30 (PTB dened as 30 kVp, rst HVL of
0.337 mm Al)
foam interiors surround and protect standard kit
equipment and accessories.
Dimensions
18 in L x 13 in W x 6 in H
(46 cm L x 33 cm W x 15 cm H)
Diagnostic Ionization Chambers (96035B and
96020C)
Energy Range
96035B: 30 kVp to 150 kVp; 20 kVp to 50 kVp
for mammographic 96020C: 30 kVp to 150 kVp
Nominal sensitivity
96035B: 2.00 R/C x 10
8
R/C (1.75 Gy/C x 10
6

Gy/C) at 22 C and 1013 hPa 2.21 R/C x 10
8
R/C
(1.94 Gy/C x 10
6
Gy/C) at 22 C and 1013
hPa (at response suitable for conventional
diagnostic radiography and mammography)
96020C: 2.08 R/C x 10
7
R/C (1.82 Gy/C x
10
5
Gy/C) at 22 C and 1013 hPa (optimized
for low-level image intensier and cine
measurements)
Construction
96035B: Graphite-coated acrylic, parallel-
plate, air-vented
96020C: Composite graphite-lled
thermoplastic; parallel-plate, air-vented
Volume
96035B: 15 cm
3

96020C: 150 cm
3
(continued from previous page)
35035 mA/mAs Meter
Controls
1) Power mA/mAs switch, 2) Reset switch, 3)
Range switch: 200 mA/mAs, 2000 mA/mAs
and 20 mA range settings, 4) AC/DC switch
Accuracy
1 % of reading two least signicant digits for
all ranges
Environmental Requirements
Temperature Range: 5 C to 35 C
Relative Humidity: 0 % to 80 %
Storage Temperature: -20 C to 50 C
General Information
Display: Liquid crystal display (LCD), 3.5 digit,
.5 in H (13 mm)
Input: Two banana jacks
Power requirements: 9 V alkaline battery with
easy replacement
Dimensions: 2 in L x 2 in W x 3.50 in H
(15 cm L x 5.0 cm W x 8.75 cm H)
Weight: .78 lb (.35 kg)
Please refer to charts at the right for Miliamp,
Current and Signal Input limit specications
for the 35035 mA/mAs Meter
Milliamp Seconds (mAS)
Range Resolution Input impedance*
200 mAs 0.1 mAs 10
2000 mAs 1.0 mAs 1
* Does not include fuse resistance. Also, does not include effect of bridge rectier present
when unit is set for AC Specications
Current (mA)
Range Resolution Input impedance*
20 mA 0.01 mA 100
200 mA 0.1 mA 10
2000 mA 1 mA 1
* Does not include fuse resistance. Also, does not include effect of bridge rectier present
when unit is set for AC Specications
Signal Input Limits
Function Range Max Input Limit
mA OFF Input Shorted; 2.0 A maximum (fuse protected)
20 250 mA for 30 s*
200 1.0 A r 30 s*
2000 2.0 A maximum (fuse protected)
mAs 200 1.0 A for 30 s*
2000 2.0 A maximum (fuse protected)
* Limits set by power dissipation rating of shunt resistors.
35080M Non-Invasive
kVp Divider
Range
50 kVp to150 kVp, using only the wide-
range radiographic lter pack (37617); range
and versatility extended with use of special
optional lter packs
Accuracy
2 % of reading in the range of 50 kVp to
150 kVp, exclusive of linearity, ltration, and
gain effects; linearity corrections automatically
applied when using 35080M Non-invasive
kVp Divider with either the 35050AT
Dosimeter or the 199XRAY Medical Scopemeter
Response Time
150 s (10 % to 90 %)
Calibration
Internally generated signal provides calibration
check
Minimum Time for Valid Reading
1 ms, 3-phase; one line cycle, single-phase
Tube Current
Wide Dynamic Range: From 4 mA to 3000 mA
(3-phase), 2 mA to 1500 mA (single-phase)
Note: Generator settings will vary in waveform
and distance. Less than 1 kV effect for wide-
range radiographic lter pack, covering 50 kVp
to 150 kVp. Specialty lter packs may have
different characteristics
CT Filter Pack - 33551 (Optional Accessories)
Provides precision measurements in the 70
kVp to 140 kVp range with an accuracy of
2 %. Active area is just 3.8 cm x 0.48 cm,
to accommodate the narrow beam of most
scanners.
Cadmium K-Edge and Linear Mammo
Filter Pack Pair - 37351/37355
(Optional Accessories)
Cadmium k-edge mammo pack uses the
inherent stability of the cadmium k-edge as an
absolute reference for precision measurements
between 27.5 kVp and 29.5 kVp with 0.5
kV accuracy; use linear mammo pack with the
cadmium k-edge mammo pack for precision
calibrations of 1.0 kV accuracy from 22 kVp to
40 kVp
Mobile Filter Pack - 37946
Easily and accurately measures kV on mid-
frequency generators ( > 1 kHz) with substantial
kV ripple ( > 8 %); provides precision
measurements in the range of 50 kVp to 135
kVp with accuracy of 2 %
Low Range Filter Pack - 38237
Provides precision measurements in the 30 kVp
to 90 kVp range with an accuracy of 2 % (for
radiographic generators using tungsten target)
Environmental Requirements
Temperature Range: 0 C to 35 C
Relative Humidity: 20 % to 80 %
Storage Temperature: -35 C to 50 C
General Information
Orientation: Long axis of the 35080M Non-
invasive kVp Divider oriented perpendicular to
axis of x-ray tube to eliminate heel effect
Power requirements: 9 V battery, 50 hours
operation; battery-check function connects
battery to output terminals for voltage
measurement
Dimensions: 2.375 in L x 3.5 in W x 8.25 in H
(6.0 cm L x 9.0 W cm x 21 cm H)
Weight: 1.50 lb (0.68 kg)
1 3
3. Make exposure
2
2. Place detector
1. Turn on detector
and display
If faster is better...
this is the best!
Simple, hassle-free operation
3 simple steps for an all-in-one wireless measurement
TNT 12000 is the ideal instrument for x-ray system
inspectors because it fits perfectly with your task
requirements:
Zigbee
wireless communicationno cables
Easy-to-use one-step mode selection
Automatic default to last use mode
All measurement values all the timeno need to select from menus
Customized measurement routines can be created, stored and

identified by site
Rugged Fluke design

You are a busy professional and time is
critical to the successful completion of
your inspection work process. With the
TNT 12000, simply turn the unit on and
begin measuring. No complicated menus
and no cables, as the TNT 12000 is
totally wireless.
Many x-ray test devices today rely on
cables for connection between detector
and display. Others have wireless capability
but use an off-the-shelf PDA to display
measured values. Cables are troublesome,
time consuming and easily damaged,
compromising performance reliability.
A PDA complicates operation, presenting
the user with unneeded functions and
problematic menus.

Sets up in seconds, lasts for years
To learn more, call 800.850.4608,
email sales@ukebiomedical.com,
or visit www.ukebiomedical.com
Fluke Biomedical.
Better products. More choices. One company.
2008 Fluke Biomedical. Specications subject to change
without notice. All OEM company trademarks are implied.
Printed in U.S.A. 5/2008 3339198 F-EN-N Rev A
Product positioning
The TNT 12000 takes over
where other technology leaves
off. Featuring all-in-one-expo-
sure measurements and ZigBee
wireless communication com-
bined with the rugged, reliable,
and accurate design that is a
Fluke trademark, the TNT 12000
is truly a new breed of non-
invasive x-ray test tool.
TNT 12000 is ideal for use by
OEM factory and field service
engineers, independent service
organizations, physicists, bio-
medical and clinical engineers,
and local and regional field
inspectors of x-ray imaging
equipment. Its small, lightweight
design enhances portability
and 100 % wireless operation
ensures setup can be accom-
plished in seconds. Because the
TNT 12000 measures all param-
eters with every exposure, there
is no need for complicated menu
selection, further enhancing user
productivity. TNT 12000 always
defaults to the last use when
powered on, so when used often
for repetitive procedures it is
truly a one-button (power-on)
solution. The TNT 12000 has the
expanded functionality needed
for modern applications and can
be managed with minimum key-
strokes. Users can identify and
select custom measurement pro-
tocols and save them for future
use. Full test automation and
documentation software is avail-
able for TNT 12000, creating the
advantage of accurate, repeat-
able testing processes. Ansur
Test Automation Software is only
available from Fluke Biomedical.
Primary end benet
Productivity and accuracy are
central goals when performing
any maintenance or QA process
on diagnostic imaging equip-
ment because image system
uptime is critical to patient care
objectives. TNT 12000 is small,
portable, and wireless. It is
easily transported to the imaging
room, set up in seconds, and all
results are instantly available on
the hand-held display or on the
users laptop. The latter applica-
tion places measured values into
templates that are standard with
the Excel software provided
with TNT 12000. Because the
TNT 12000 Excel package is a
spreadsheet, users can customize
their templates and create their
own reports to send to others.
Accuracy, reproducibility, and
reliability are also critically
important and Fluke Biomedical
is the industry standard
customers count on to deliver
uncompromised performance.
Technical
specifications
Physical specications
Display
320 240 Color LCD
Size (WxDxH)
Display: 15.2 cm x 11.4 cm x
4.45 cm (6 in 4.5 in 1.75 in)
Detector: 15.2 cm x 11.4 cm x
4.45 cm (6 in 4.5 in 1.75 in)
Weight
Display: 0.422 kg (0.93 lb)
Detector: 0.68 kg (1.5 lb)
Electrical specications
Battery
Battery type: Lithium-ion,
3.7 V, 4000 mAh
Battery charge time:
Approx. 5 hr
Battery discharge time:
Approx. 8 hr
Battery cutoff voltage: 2.75 V
AC adapter
Input voltage: 100 V ac to
240 V ac
Input frequency: 50/60 Hz
Input current: 0.5 A (rms)
Output voltage: 6 V dc
Environmental
specications
Operating temperature
0 C to 35 C (32 F to 95 F)
Storage temperature
-35 C to 50 C
(-31 F to 122 F)
Operating humidity
20 % to 80 % RH
(non-condensing)
kVp measurements
Units
kVp Average (average of peaks
during a specified interval)
kVp Max (highest peak during
a specified interval)
PPV (peak practical voltage)
2 Fluke Biomedical TNT 12000 X-Ray Test Device
TNT 12000 X-Ray Test Device Fluke Biomedical 3
Ranges
Radio/Fluoro modes
40 kV to 150 kV
Mammo modes
Mo/Mo: 22 kV to 35 kV
(standard calibration)
Rh/Rh: 25 kV to 49 kV (optional
calibration)
Mo/Rh: 22 kV to 40 kV (optional
calibration)
Mo/Al: 22 kV to 49 kV (optional
calibration)
Rh/Al: 25 kV to 49 kV (optional
calibration)
W/Rh: (optional calibration)
W/Ag: (optional calibration)
Resolution
0.1 kV
Accuracy (including
calibration uncertainty)
Radio/Fluoro modes: 5 %
Mammo modes: 5 %
Reproducibility
1 % (std of 5 readings)
Filtration correction range
Radio/Fluoro modes: 1 mm Al to
10 mm Al or equivalent
Mammo mode: 0 mm Al to
0.4 mm Al added filtration
Dose/Exposure
measurements
Units
Roentgens, grays
Range
10 mR to 999 R
0.1 mGy to 999 Gy
Resolution
1 R
0.01 Gy
Accuracy
5 % (including calibration
uncertainty)
Reproducibility
1 % (std of five readings)
kV correction ranges
Radio/Fluoro modes: 40 kV to
150 kV
Mammo mode: Mo/Mo: 22 kV
to 35 kV
Dose/Exposure rate
measurements
Units
Roentgens or grays per hour,
minute, second, pulse
Range
50 mR to 19.9 R/s
0.5 mGy to 199 mGy/s
2 R/pulse to 333 mR/pulse
(@ 60 PPS)
0.02 Gy/pulse to 3.33 mGy/
pulse (@ 60 PPS)
Resolution
1 R/s
0.01 Gy/s
0.02 R/pulse (@ 60 PPS)
0.2 nGy/pulse (@ 60 PPS)
Accuracy
5 % (including calibration
uncertainty)
kV correction range
Radio/Fluoro modes: 40 kV to
150 kV
Mammo mode: Mo/Mo: 22 kV
to 35 kV
Exposure time
radiographic modes
Units
Milliseconds, pulses
Range
Milliseconds: 10 ms to 999 ms
Pulses: 1 pulse to 999 pulses
Resolution
Milliseconds: 0.1 ms
Pulses: 1 pulse
Accuracy
Milliseconds: 1 % or 0.5 ms
Pulses: 1 pulse
Reproducibility
Milliseconds: 1 % or 0.5 ms
Pulses: 1 pulse
Elapsed timeuoro modes
Range
10 sec to 999 sec
Resolution
0.1 second
Accuracy
1 % or 0.5 sec
Average pulse ratepulsed
uoro
Range
1 pps to 999 pps
(pulses per second)
Resolution
1 pps
Accuracy
1 pps
Average pulse width
pulsed uoro
Range
10 ms to 999 ms
Resolution
0.1 ms
Accuracy
1 % or 0.5 ms
HVL
Range
Radio/Fluoro modes: 1.2 mm Al
to 10 mm Al (equivalent)
Mammo mode: 0.2 mm Al to
0.4 mm Al (equivalent)
Resolution
Radio/Fluoro modes: 0.1 mm Al
(equivalent)
Mammo mode: 0.01 mm Al
(equivalent)
Accuracy
Radio/Fluoro modes: 10 % or
Mammo mode: 5 % or

440.248.9300 www.flukebiomedical.com/rms
NERO
mAx
X-ray Test Device
Victoreen
Model 8000
Non-invasive evaluator of radiation
outputs
100 kHz sampling speed captures
data from the most difficult machines
0.5 kV or 1% accuracy from 22 to
160 kV
Measures kVp average, kV effective,
kV peak, time, exposure or rate, mA
or mAs, HVL, exposure/frame, and
mAs/frame
Displays R or Gy
Excel

Add-in includes MQSA, Rad,
and Fluoro templates
RS-232 computer interface
Enhanced dental capabilities
Introduction
The Victoreen
NERO
mAx, Non-invasive Evaluator of Radiation Outputs, evaluates the widest range of x-ray machines on the
market today. Evaluation of pulsed fluoro, cine, computed tomography (CT), portable, mammographic, dental, radiographic,
fluoroscopic, low, medium, and high frequency machines is finally made possible with a single instrument. This fifth generation
instrument features 100 kHz sampling speed and direct mA/mAs measurements. The NEROmAxs innovative Easy Flow Menu
(EFM) system and flexible softkeys provide an intuitive, user friendly operating environment for quick, accurate, and easy
measurements. All measurement modes and functions are displayed on the NERO mAxs super bright LCD and are controlled by
the five softkeys directly below the display and three hard keys to the right.
Seven user selectable measurement modes and three system control modes are available and clearly displayed on the control
console screen for easy access and selection.
Applications
The NERO mAx consists of the control console, detector, detector cable, two filter cards, mAs leads, Excel Add-in, AC adapter,
HVL plates, instruction manual, and carrying case.
The compact control console houses the rechargeable battery, super bright easy to read backlit display, eight control buttons, and
the sophisticated electronics necessary for accurate, reproducible measurements. Connectors for power input, RS-232, printer,
scope output and the NERO mAx detector are located on the control consoles rear panel.
The NERO mAx detector contains sensors for simultaneously measuring kV, exposure or rate and mA or mAs. Solid state
detectors are used to measure kV. An ion chamber, located in the top of the detector, is used for exposure/rate measurements.
Connectors for external ion chambers and the NERO mAx detector interface are located on the rear panel of the detector. The
front panel has a keyed opening for the NERO mAx filter cards and a connector for mAs leads.
The filter cards contain the various filters needed to accurately measure kilovoltage. Each filter card is coded so that the NERO
mAx knows which filter is in use and its position. The NERO mAx also verifies that the filter card is valid for the selected
measurement mode. The two filter cards are keyed so that they may only be inserted properly. The W/Al filter card and the
Mammo filter card are clearly labeled as to the x-ray tube targets for which they are calibrated.
External chambers
External ion chambers for CT, mammographic, image intensifier tube, and special radiographic applications are available.
Chamber calibration factors can be stored in the NERO mAx for direct readout of measurements.
The Excel Add-in acquires measured data and waveforms directly into an Excel spread sheet to maximize flexibility for report
generation.
Diagnostic Imaging DI
Easy Flow menu, Mammo screen
Easy Flow menu, Pulsed Fluoro display
Easy Flow menu, AMSE screen
Easy Flow menu, EXP screen
Easy Flow menu, HVL screen
Easy Flow menu, CT EXP screen
Real-time CT
High frequency mammography
Pulsed fluoro/AMSE
Easy Flow menu, Mode Select screen
Easy Flow menu, Radio screen
NERO mAx operating modes
Radio mode Radio mode is used to make measurements on
tungsten target, aluminum filtered radiographic x-ray
generators
Selections are available for % kV peak for the type of
generator being tested. For example, Zero Crossing, Single
Phase Pulse, 75%, 80%, or 90% of kVp modes are available
for accurate exposure measurements on difficult x-ray
machines
Radio mode simultaneously measures:
kVp Avg exposure
kV Eff exposure time
kV Peak mAs
Mammo mode Mammo mode is used to make measurements
on mammographic x-ray generators
Mammo mode simultaneously measures:
kVp Avg exposure
kV Eff exposure time
kV Peak mAs
Fluoro mode Fluoro mode is used to make measurements on
fluoroscopic x-ray generators. Fluoro mode supports both
continuous fluoro and pulsed fluoro measurements
In the continuous fluoro mode, the NERO mAx measures:
kVp Avg exposure rate (R/min)
kV Eff mA
kV Peak
In the pulsed fluoro mode, the NERO mAx measures:
kVp Avg exposure rate (R/min and mR/pulse)
kV Eff mAs/pulse
kV Peak
AMSE mode AMSE mode is used for Automated
Measurement of Sequential Exposures. This mode is used to
measure the output of CINE generators
In AMSE mode, the NERO mAx measures:
kVp Avg exposure rate (mR/frame)
kV Eff mAs/frame
kV Peak time/frame (ms/frame)
CT Exposure mode CT Exposure mode is used to make CT
exposure measurements using the Victoreen Model 6000-100
CT ion chamber. The CT probe must be connected to the
NERO mAx detectors external ion chamber input in this mode
Exposure mode Exposure mode is used to make exposure and
rate measurements using the NERO mAxs internal ion
chamber or an external ion chamber
HVL mode In the HVL mode, the NERO mAx calculates half
value layer based upon a series of exposure or rate
measurements made with varying thicknesses of aluminum
absorbers placed in the x-ray beam. A minimum of two
exposures are required and up to ten exposures may be used
Calibrate mode Calibrate mode is used to enter and store
calibration factors for ion chambers used with the NERO mAx
Setup mode Setup mode is used to setup various features of
the NERO mAx. From the setup screen the user can set the
instruments parameters such as the real time clock,
temperature and pressure
Unit ID Displays the NERO mAxs serial number, firmware
part number and level
Specifications
Kilovoltage Measured during the first 480 ms of exposure
Measured quantity kVp Avg, kV Eff, kV Peak
Accuracy 0.5 kV or 1%
Reproducibility 0.5 kV or 1%
Range
Target/Filter Range Filtration
W/Al 30 - 60 kV
50 - 100 kV
80 - 160 kV 1.2 mmof Al
Mo/Mo 22 - 35 kV 30 of Mo
Mo/Rh 22 - 40 kV 25 of Rh
Mo/Al 22 - 49 kV 1 mmof Al
Rh/Rh 25 - 49 kV 25 of Rh
Rh/Al 25 - 49 kV 1 mmof Al
All calibrations performed with NIST
traceable calibration beam.
Analyze/Display cycle time
Radio & mammo 3 seconds for 0.1 second exposure, 1 second
for each 32 ms of exposure time
Fluoro & AMSE 15 seconds for all exposures
Time
Radio mode Measured during entire exposure at 90, 80, 75%
rise/fall of waveform, zero crossing, or pulse count
Mammo mode Measured during entire exposure at 90% rise/fall
of waveform
Accuracy 1 ms
Resolution 0.1 ms
Range All diagnostic exposures from 1 ms to 60 seconds
Exposure & rate Measured during entire exposure with automatic
energy, temperature, and pressure correction
Measured quantity Roentgens or Grays
Accuracy 5%
Reproducibility Radio and mammo modes: 2% or 2 mR
Resolution 0.1 mR
Range All diagnostic exposure and rate measurements from
1 mR to 9999 R
Fluoro rate 0.1 R/min to 999 R/min
mAs and mA Measured invasively during entire exposure
Accuracy 2%
Reproducibility 1% or 0.2 mAs
Range 0.1 mAs to 9999 mAs, 0 to 1000 mA
HVL
Accuracy 5%
Range 0.1 to 99.9 mmAl
Physical
Display Super bright 240 x 60 pixel, super twist LCD with cold
cathode fluorescent backlight
Detectors Ion chamber and solid state (kV detectors)
Ion chamber volume 45 cc nominal
Window area/density 38 mg/cm
2
Polycarbonate
HVL set 2.30 mm, 1.0 mm, 0.3 mm Al
Power requirements 12 VDC 1 A external supply. Rechargeable
internal batteries supply more than 4 hours of continuous service
with overnight charge
Physical (cont)
Size Volume is 3960 in
3
(0.065 m
3
)
Console 9.00 x 9.12 x 3.25 in (22.86 x 23.17 x 8.26 cm)
Detector 6.56 x 3.70 x 2.58 in (16.66 x 9.4 x 6.55 cm)
Filter cards 2.4 x 6.25 x 0.31 in (6.1 x 15.88 x 0.8 cm)
Weight
Shipping 23 lb (10.43 kg)
Console 4.56 lb (2.067 kg)
Detector (with card) 1.65 lb (0.747 kg)
Filter cards 2.9 and 3.2 oz (0.090 and 0.094 kg)
External chamber accessories
Radiographic Ion Chamber, 30 cm
3
(Victoreen Model 6000-528):
energy response: within 7% from 30 to 150 kVp (15 to 65 keV);
cable: 15 ft (4.5 m); chamber dimensions: 4 x 4 x 0.54 in thick
(10.2 x 10.2 x 1.4 cm)
Mammographic Ion Chamber, 3.3 cm
3
energy response: within 5% from0.2 to 5.0 mmAl HVL (16 to 90 kVp);
cable: 15 ft (4.5 m); chamber dimensions: 4 cm x 1.5 cm thick.
This chamber meets the needs of the MQSA for an external
transparent chamber. Option: Probe Holder (Model 6000-529-95)
for BRH2 test stand
Image Intensifier Ion Chamber, 150 cm
3
(Victoreen Model
6000-530B): energy response: 10% from 1.8 to 10 mm Al HVL;
cable: 10 ft (3.0 m); chamber dimensions: 6.26 x 8 x 0.63 in
(15.9 x 20.6 x 1.6 cm)
Scatter Ion Chamber, 400 cm
3
(Victoreen Model 6000-532B):
energy response: 5% from 32 to 662 keV; cable 10 ft (3.0 m);
chamber dimensions: 6.26 x 8 x 0.63 in (15.9 x 20.6 x 1.6 cm)
CT Ion Chamber, 3.2 cm
3
(Victoreen Models 6000-100 and
500-100): energy response: 5% from 1 to 10 mm Al HVL;
cable: 3 ft (0.9 m); sensitive length: 4 in (10.0 cm); chamber
inside : 0.25 in (6.4 mm)
CT High Sensitivity Ion Chamber, 10 cm
3
, for multislice CT
(Victoreen Models 6000-200 and 500-200): energy response: 5%
from 1 to 10 mm Al HVL; cable: 3 ft (0.9 m); sensitive
length: 4 in (10.0 cm); chamber inside : 0.45 in (11.44 mm)
Optional accessories
Ultra-High Purity HVL Attenuators (Model 07-434): for
mammo, set of 6
Available model(s)
8000 NERO mAx X-Ray Test Device, consists of a control console,
detector, detector cable, two filter cards, mAs leads, Excel Add-in,
HVL plates, instruction manual, and carrying case
Available AC adapters (specify with order)
Tested. Meets applicable standards.
For more information, receive our full product catalog, or order online, contact
Radiation Management Services business of Fluke Biomedical: 440.248.9300 or
www.flukebiomedical.com/rms.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Victoreen and NERO aretrademarks of FlukeCorporation.
Printed in USA.
8000-ds rev 4 12 may 05
Model Description
Typical geo.
region
14-328 110 VAC 12 VDC 1000 mA USA, J apan
14-401 230 VAC 12 VDC 1000 mA Europe
14-414 230 VAC 12 VDC 1000 mA UK
14-414 and
14-416 adapter
230 VAC 12 VDC 1000 mA Australia
X-Ray Test Device
Victoreen
Model 4000M+
Measures kVp maximum, kVp
average, kVp effective, dose and time
in one exposure
Compact, lightweight design
Displays R or Gy
External ion chambers for Mammo,
CT, image intensifier and
phototiming measurements
Automatic exposure reset for hands-
off operation
Rechargeable Ni-Cd batteries
provide more than six hours of
continuous service
RS-232 computer interface
Storage scope output for real-time
waveform display
Reversible display for fluoro
measurements
Introduction
The Victoreen
X-Ray Test Device, Model 4000M+does it all. Simply place the instrument in the x-ray beam, make one exposure,
and it serially displays kVp Maximum, kVp Average, kVp Effective, dose, and time. The Model 4000M+then automatically resets
for the next exposure. A CsI photodiode pair provide the kVp measurements through five user-selectable filter pairs. This ensures
optimum accuracy over the entire diagnostic range with minimum filtration dependence. Exposure measurements are made with a
parallel plate ionization chamber located above the filter wheel. Exposure time is measured with quartz crystal accuracy. Plus, a
variety of external ion chambers may be connected for even greater flexibility.
Specifications
Kilovoltage
Accuracy
1 kV Mo/Mo (22 to 35 kVp)
(Mammo generators w/30 Mo)
Range
W/Al Tubes: 27 to 155 kVp
Mo/Mo Tubes: 21 to 50 kVp
Time
Measured during entire exposure at 90%
rise/fall of waveform
Accuracy Within 2% or 2 ms, whichever is
greater
Range 1 ms to 10 seconds
Exposure
Measured during entire exposure;
kVp corrected
Accuracy 5%
Range 10 mR to 10 R
Fluoroscopic rate
Measured over one second intervals during
fluoro exposure
Accuracy 5%
Range 0.5 to 200 R/min
Detectors
kV CsI/photodiode pair measures x-ray
transmission through differential attenuators
Time Computed from kV waveform stored in
memory against quartz crystal time base
Exposure Parallel plate ionization chamber
Volume 36 cm
3
Window 38 mg/cm
2
, 18.9 cm
2
polycarbonate
Calibration Reference to a NIST traceable
voltage divider and a calibrated exposure
monitor during irradiation
See next page for more specifications.
Specifications (cont)
Physical
Display 16 character dot-matrix LCD
Controls Model 4000+Five rocker switches
On/Off Power switch
Radio/Fluoro Select radiographic or fluoro operation
High/Low Select for sensitivity
Roll Roll thru data
Exposure/All Select exposure only for external ion chamber
Mo/Mo or W/Al Select anode/filter of x-ray tube
Connectors
Power 9 VDC, 500 mA
Scope BNC for oscilloscope connection
RS-232 DB-9 connector configured as DCE. BNC and banana
plug for external Ion chamber
Power requirements 9 VDC 500 mA external supply. Rechargeable
internal Ni-Cd batteries supply more than six hours of continuous
service with overnight charge
Dimensions 8.5 (w) x 9 (d) x 3 in (h) (21.5 x 23 x 7.6 cm)
Weight Approximately 3.5 lb (1.59 kg)
HVL set Aluminum filters: 2.3, 1.0, and 0.3 mm
4000 Toolkit for Excel (Model 4000EXL)
Ultra-High Purity HVL Attenuators (Model 07-434): for mammo,
set of 6
Carrying Case (Model 4000-69)
RS-232 Cable (Model 190004) 25 ft (7.6 m), 9-pin to 9-pin
3
energy response: within 7% from 30 to 150 kVp (15 to 65 keV);
cable: 15 ft (4.5 m); chamber dimensions: 4 x 4 x 0.54 in thick (10.2 x
10.2 x 1.4 cm)
3
energy response: within 5% from 0.2 to 5.0 mm Al HVL (16 to
90 kVp); cable: 15 ft (4.5 m); chamber dimensions: 4 cm x 1.5 cm
thick. This chamber meets the needs of the MQSA for an external
transparent chamber. Option: Probe Holder (Model 6000-529-95) for
BRH2 test stand
3
(Victoreen Model 6000-
530B): energy response: 10% from 1.8 to 10 mm Al HVL; cable:
10 ft (3.0 m); chamber dimensions: 6.26 x 8 x 0.63 in (15.9 x 20.6 x
1.6 cm)
Scatter Ion Chamber, 400 cm
3
(Victoreen Model 6000-532B):
energy response: 5% from 32 to 662 keV; cable 10 ft (3.0 m);
chamber dimensions: 6.26 x 8 x 0.63 in (15.9 x 20.6 x 1.6 cm)
3
(Victoreen Models 6000-100 and 500-100):
energy response: 5% from 1 to 10 mm Al HVL; cable: 3 ft (0.9 m);
sensitive length: 4 in (10.0 cm); chamber inside : 0.25 in (6.4 mm)
CT High Sensitivity Ion Chamber, 10 cm
3
, for multislice CT
(Victoreen Models 6000-200 and 500-200): energy response: 5%
from 1 to 10 mm Al HVL; cable: 3 ft (0.9 m); sensitive length:
4 in (10.0 cm); chamber inside : 0.45 in (11.44 mm)
Available model(s)
4000M+ X-Ray Test Device
Model Description
Typical geo.
region
14-399 230 VAC 9 VDC 500 mA Europe
14-415 230 VAC 9 VDC 500 mA UK
14-415 and
14-416 adapter
2005FlukeBiomedical. All rightsreserved. Victoreenisatrademark of FlukeCorporation. PrintedinUSA.
4000-ds rev 3 16 may 05
Introduction
Proven RAD-CHECK technology specifically designed to provide you with the
ultimate in versatility and cost-effective operation.
Accurate, lightweight, portable...this industry standard enables you to gain the
critical edge in your QC program.
Applications
Battery operation and built-in detector virtually eliminate setup time. J ust place the
meter or external ion chamber on x-ray table; collimate, shoot, and read the result.
Precision ion chamber and digital display ensure accuracy plus easy readability.
Entrance skin exposure measurements
(ESE)
Fluoroscopy exposure measurements
Exposure checks; radiographic (mR/mAs)
Beam quality; half value layer (HVL)
mAs reciprocity; mA station
checks...plus many others, depending on
the remote external chambers used
The American College of Radiology
(ACR) recommends this type of
product in their quality assurance
program
Fast and easy-to-use. Battery
operation and built-in detector
eliminate setup time
Measures dose up to 2 R; dose rate up
to 20 R/min
Energy response is 5% from 30 to
150 kVp for the RAD-CHECK PLUS
internal chamber
Optional remote chambers for
mammographic and cine imaging
systems
Extremely compact...6 x 6.25 x 2.75 inch;
weighs only 1.125 lb
RAD-CHECK
PLUS
Victoreen
Model 06-526
Specifications
Ranges 0.001 to 2 R, 0.01 to 20 R/min
Internal chamber 30 cc volume, energy
response 5% from15 to 65 keV (30 to 150 kVp
filtered). 20.5 cm
2
(5.1 cm ) effective
measurement area. Center of chamber 1.03 cm
below top of chamber
Standard calibration At 75 kVp with 4 mm
Al filtration at 22C and one atmosphere
Reproducibility Within 2% short-term over
100 mR to 2 R range (1 to 20 mGy)
Electrometer drift 0.5 to 1 mR/min typical;
6 mR/min maximum (5 to 10 Gy; 60 Gy/min
maximum)
Maximum exposure rate Minimum 90%
collection efficiency at 20 R/sec
Automatic reset Resets display to zero; can
also be reset manually
Operating temperature 10 to 40C
Relative humidity 0 to 90%, non-condensing
Display 3.50 x 0.50 inch LCD, low battery
indicator
Controls Auto or manual reset selector.
Display zero reset button. Dose or dose rate
output selector. Integral or remote ion
chamber selector. On/off switch
Power 9 V alkaline battery, >100 hours
operation (50 hours in manual reset mode)
Dimensions 6 (w) x 6.25 (d) x 2.75 in (h)
(15.25 x 15.9 x 7 cm)
Weight 1.125 lb (0.51 kg)
3
(Victoreen Model 6000-528): energy
response: within 7% from 30 to 150 kVp
(15 to 65 keV); cable: 15 ft (4.5 m);
chamber dimensions: 4 x 4 x 0.54 in thick
(10.2 x 10.2 x 1.4 cm)
3
(Victoreen Model 6000-529): energy
response: within 5% from 0.2 to 5.0 mm
Al HVL (16 to 90 kVp); cable: 15 ft (4.5 m);
chamber dimensions: 4 cm x 1.5 cm
thick. This chamber meets the needs of the
MQSA for an external transparent
chamber. Option: Probe Holder (Model
6000-529-95) for BRH2 test stand
3
(Victoreen
Model 6000-100): energy response: 5%
from 1 to 10 mm Al HVL; cable: 3 ft (0.9 m);
sensitive length: 4 in (10.0 cm); chamber
inside : 0.25 in (6.4 mm)
3
(Victoreen Model 6000-530B): energy response:
10% from 1.8 to 10 mm Al HVL; cable: 10 ft
(3.0 m); chamber dimensions: 6.26 x 8 x 0.63 in
(15.9 x 20.6 x 1.6 cm)
Carrying Case (Model 89-525): holds
RAD-CHECK PLUS and accessories
Available model(s)
06-526 RAD-CHECK PLUS
06-526-2200 RAD-CHECK PLUS, SI Units
For more information, receive our full product catalog, or
order online, contact Radiation Management Services
business of Fluke Biomedical: 440.248.9300 or
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Victoreen and
RAD-CHECK aretrademarks of FlukeCorporation. Printed in USA.
06-526-ds rev 3 03 jun 05
The original x-ray exposure meter
RAD-CHECK
MICRO-R
Victoreen
Model 06-526-5240
Entrance skin exposure
measurements (ESE)
Fluoroscopy exposure examinations
Exposure checks; radiographic
(mR/mAs)
Beam quality; half value layer (HVL)
mAs reciprocity; mA station
checksplus many others,
depending on the remote external
chambers used
(ACR) recommends this type of
product in their quality assurance
program
Fast and easy to use
Dual-range for high and low dose
rate fluoroscopy
Optimized for use with our 100 cm
3
Image Intensifier Ion Chamber
(Model 06-524-3000)
Portable, no AC power cords
Introduction
This state-of-the-art
electrometer is
designed for measuring
dose and rate under
high and low dose rate
conditions. It is
excellent for cardiac
cath and fluoroscopy
and the perfect choice
for tight budgets.
Victoreen
RAD-CHECK
MICRO-R technology
gives you the ability to
measure dose and rate in fluoroscopy with the accuracy and reliability of equipment
that costs two or three times more.
Applications
With the RAD-CHECK MICRO-R, measurements are easy to perform and highly
accurate. Incorporate RAD-CHECK MICRO-R into your routine QC program for
fluoroscopy now, and accurately measure what your patient exposures actually are
from fluoroscopically-guided procedures. This precision electrometer also features a
tilt-stand for convenient adjustment of display visibility.
Specifications
Ranges
Low: 0.01 to 19.99 mR; 0.1 to 199.9 R/min
High: 0.01 to 19.99 R; 0.1 to 1999 R/min
Standard calibration At 75 kVp with 4 mm
Al filtration at 22C and one atmosphere
using Model 06-524-3000 chamber
Reproducibility Within 2% short-term over
100 mR to 2 R range (1 to 20 mGy)
Maximum exposure rate Minimum 90%
collection at 20 R/sec
Electrometer drift
Low Range: 1 mR/min typical; 6 mR/min
maximum
High Range: 10 R/min typical; 60 R/min
maximum
Manual reset Resets display to zero
Operating temperature 50 to 104F
(10 to 40C)
Relative humidity 0 to 90%
Display 3.50 x 0.50 inch LCD, low battery
indicator
Control Reset button, dose or dose rate
output selector, high or low range selector,
on/off switch
Power requirements 9 V alkaline battery,
>50 hour life
(15.25 x 6.25 x 7 cm)
Carrying Case (Model 89-525): holds
RAD-CHECK MICRO-R and accessories
X-ray exposure meter
Available model(s)
06-526-5240 RAD-CHECK MICRO-R
06-526-5242 RAD-CHECK MICRO-R,
SI Units
(Must have Model 06-524-3000 chamber
and must be calibrated at the same time)
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Victoreen and
RAD-CHECK aretrademarks of FlukeCorporation. Printed in USA.
06-526-5240-ds rev 4 03 jun 05
MAS-5 Meter
Model 07-MAS5
An intelligent meter that measures
mAs, exposure time, and mA all at
the same time
Provides mA waveform information
At a button press, the MAS-5 meter
will ignore the first 10 milliseconds
of exposure
AC and DC inputs
Introduction
For many years, service engineers have
been asking for a meter that measures mAs,
exposure time, and mA at the same time.
Diagnostic Imaging Specialists has
produced this meter with extra features. Not
only will the MAS-5 provide mAs,
exposure time, and mA, but the meter
provides mA waveform information. The
MAS-5 displays three 50 milliseconds mA
waveform samples so that radiographic and
mammographic pre-heat circuits can be
analyzed and adjusted without using an
oscilloscope. Based on feedback from field
service engineers, the MAS-5 also has a
button that when pushed causes the meter
to ignore the first 10 milliseconds of the
mA waveform.
Applications
The MAS-5 intelligent meter uses a microcontroller to analyze the digital mA
waveform and accurately displays the values essential for analyzing and calibrating
radiographic and mammographic equipment.
The four line LCD displays the following:
Line 1 mAs (average tube current (mA) times mA waveform exposure time)
Line 2 Exposure Time (mA waveform exposure time in seconds)
Line 3 mA (average tube current (mA) over the entire mA waveform)
Line 4 Three sample mA waveform values:
1st waveform value represents the average mA for the 1st 50 milliseconds of
exposure
2nd waveform value represents the average mA for the 2nd 50 milliseconds
of exposure
3rd waveform value represents the average mA for the 3rd 50 milliseconds of
exposure
Features
A button that causes the meter to ignore
the first 10 milliseconds of exposure
A diagnostic power-up sequence to
indicate operational status
Auto LCD update
Optional manual reset
Automatic power-down when meter is
not used for more than five minutes
Displays when an exposure is detected
Low battery indication
Specifications
Reset Auto LCD update; optional manual
reset
Dynamic range 10 to 2000 mA; 0.1 to
999.9 mAs; 1 ms to 6.535 sec
Accuracy
mAs 0.1 mAs or 1% (whichever is
greater)
mA mA or 0.5% (whichever is greater)
Time 1 ms or 1% (whichever is greater)
(15 to 35C)
Power requirements One 9 V battery
Typical battery life >40 hr
Size 4 x 6.5 x 0.33 in (10.16 x 16.51 x 0.84 cm)
Available model(s)
07-MAS5 MAS-5 Meter
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Printed in USA.
07-MAS5-ds rev 2 04 feb 05
Dual-Range Digital mAs Meter
Nuclear Associates Model 07-487
Accurately measure x-ray generator
mAs values
Meets todays QC needs for
accuracy and dependability
Used for calibration of high current
and phototimer accuracy
Calibrated directly in mAs; no
calculations required
Hand-held, battery operated, and
lightweight
Introduction
The Nuclear Associates Dual-Range Digital mAs Meter, Model 07-487, allows
service personnel to check and adjust the mA settings of x-ray generators. This easy-
to-use instrument is calibrated directly in mAs, thus eliminating the need for the
calculations typically required with more complicated and expensive equipment.
The digital mAs meter is very sensitive. It can measure increments of 0.1 mAs. It has
a low range of 0 to 199.9 mAs; push a button and the range expands to 0 to
1999 mAs.
Specifications
Range 0 to 199.9 mAs (+ overrange
indicator above 160 mAs). Also 0 to
1999 mAs (+ overrange indicator above
1600 mAs)
Accuracy 2% of reading
Input 25 to 1000 mA
Drift Zero
Operating temp. 50 to 100F (15 to 30C)
Controls POWER (on/off), RANGE (high-
low), and RESET
07-487-ds rev 2 13 jun 05
Power requirements Single 9 V alkaline
battery; typical life 80 hours
Input jack Uses 2 banana jacks
Dimensions 3.50 (w) x 6.63 (d) x 1.38 in (h)
(8.9 x 16.8 x 3.5 cm)
Accessories supplied 24 inch cable with
banana plugs and insulated alligator clips on
opposite ends
Available model(s)
07-487 Dual-Range Digital mAs Meter
Applications
The greatest use for the Nuclear
Associates Model 07-487 mAs meter is
in calibrating the high-current, short-time
station where a conventional mAs meter
is precluded by tube ratings. The
instrument can be used (after verifying
the generator accuracy) to set all mA
stations and check that phototiming error
does not exceed the limits of good
practice. To use, simply connect the
cable to the x-ray generator and make the
required exposure. The mAs reading
appears instantaneously on the four-digit
LCD. A display indicator warns of the
need for battery replacement.
Model 07-453
Digital X-Ray Pulse Counter/Timer
Key Features
Measures duration of radiation output produced by x-ray generators
Measures AC or DC x-rays
Gives direct readings (time or pulses)
Can be used for medical or dental x-ray systems
Designed specically to allow service personnel to accurately and easily assess the performance
of x-ray generators, timers, and controls
Saves time and money by reducing repeat examinations
Easy-to-read digital display
Automatic reset; holds a reading until the next exposure
Battery-operated, lightweight; ts easily into tool box or pocket
Output connector (included) allows a radiation output waveform to be viewed on an oscilloscope
For added operator convenience, the remote sensor is available as an option
Technical Data
Poor or inconsistent quality of x-ray images is
caused by an inaccurate generator timer. This
results in repeat examinations, which cost time
and money. A poorly maintained system is also
hazardous to the patient. When a malfunction
in the timer occurs, the patient may receive
unnecessary radiation doses. Regular monitoring
of x-ray systems and timers is an essential part of
a good quality-assurance program.
Model 07-453 Digital X-Ray Pulse Counter/
Timer is a non-invasive, solid-state instrument
that can be used to measure the exposure time
of either AC or DC x-rays. It can also measure the
duration of radiation output produced by a wide
variety of medical and dental x-ray systems. A
sensitive x-ray detector in the instrument allows
direct measurement of exposure from the x-ray
head. Pulses produced by half-wave and full-
wave x-rays are measured as 60 or 120 pulses
per second. For DC, capacitor discharge and
three-phase x-rays, Model 07-453 measures the
exposure time in milliseconds. When testing x-
ray timers and controls, the time of relay contact
closure can be measured using the AC input
feature.
An output connector on the side of Model
07-453 allows the user to view a radiation
output waveform on an oscilloscope. Using
this feature, technicians can diagnose and
troubleshoot problems with x-ray generators.
Accuracy
AC input 1 count, DC input 2 %, 1 count,
X-ray detection 1 count
Sensitivity
AC input 90 VAC minimum
X-ray Input 50 kVp, 5 mA at 5 cm from top surface
of case, pointed to target on case
Range
9999 pulses; 9999 ms
Display
0.3 inch liquid crystal
Power Requirements
9 V battery, alkaline or equivalent, 48 hours
minimum; typically 6 months of normal use
AC Input Jacks
130 VAC maximum; 90 VAC minimum; input circuit
not affected by reversed polarity
Output Signal
BNC connector for waveform analysis
Connections
None required for direct exposure measurement
Controls/Indicators
Three-position switch: Pulse, Off, Milliseconds
Four-digit LCD (0.4 inch character)
Low battery indicator
Low Batt appears in display when battery
voltage reaches 5.3 V 0.3 V
Power-on: LED (green); oscilloscope output
Remote Sensor
The optional remote sensor can be used when the
user would like to have the unit in their hand, so
that readings can be seen without having to walk
back-and-forth from the x-ray table to the control
room after each exposure. The remote sensor can also
be used when placement of the Digital X-Ray Pulse
Counter/Timer in the beam is questionable, such as in
a Panorex dental x-ray unit.
Dimensions
5.8 in L x 3.15 in W x 1.6 in H
(14.7 cm L x 8 cm W x 4 cm H)
Weight
0.5 lb (0.21 kg)
Ordering Information
Model
07-453: Digital X-Ray Pulse Counter Timer
Optional Accessories
07-453-2000: Remote sensor with 10 ft cable
88-453: Oscilloscope leads
89-453: Carrying case
About Fluke Biomedical
Fluke Biomedical is the worlds leading manufacturer
of quality biomedical test and simulation products. In
addition, Fluke Biomedical provides the latest medical
imaging and oncology quality-assurance solutions for
regulatory compliance.
Today, biomedical personnel must meet the increasing
regulatory pressures, higher quality standards, and rapid
technological growth, while performing their work faster
and more efciently than ever. Fluke Biomedical provides
a diverse range of software and hardware tools to meet
todays challenges.
Fluke Biomedical Regulatory Commitment
As a medical device manufacturer, we recognize and
follow certain quality standards and certications when
developing our products. We are ISO 9001 certied and
our products are:
FDA Compliant
CE Certied, where required
NIST Traceable and Calibrated
UL, CSA, ETL Certied, where required
Fluke Biomedical.
The accuracy you need from a company you can trust.
Fluke Biomedical
6045 Cochran Rd., Cleveland, OH 44139-3303
Fluke Biomedical Europe AS
Vegamot 8, N-7048 Trondheim, Norway
For more information, contact us:
In the U.S.A. (800) 850-4608 or
Fax (440) 349-2307
In Europe/M-East/Africa +47 73954700 or
Fax +47 73954701
From other countries +1 (440) 248-9300 or
Fax +1 (440) 349-2307
Email: rmsinfo@ukebiomedical.com
Web access: http://www.ukebiomedical.com
2006 Fluke Biomedical. All rights reserved.
Specications subject to change without notice.
Printed in U.S.A.
LIT026
Choose from three kVp meters
Easy read digital display
Painless setup
Wide-Range, Mammographic,
& Dental Digital kVp Meters
Models 07-494, 07-492 & 07-479
Introduction
Whether you choose the
Wide-Range,
Mammographic, or the
Dental Digital kVp
Meter, you will get
quick and accurate
measurements of your
diagnostic x-ray
generator tube potential.
These instruments need
no connection to the
x-ray generator.
Applications
These lightweight, rugged units are extremely easy to use: simply place on the x-ray
table, with the detector facing the x-ray source. With the beams central ray centered
on the detector, an exposure is made, and the reading appears immediately on the
large, easy-to-read liquid crystal display.
Unique features are provided to ensure maximum efficiency and accuracy. Readings
remain on display until the next exposure is made, at which time the reading is
automatically updated. Automatic display indicators tell you when adjustment of
exposure factors or battery replacement is necessary. Neither remote-control cables
nor time-consuming manual re-zeroing are needed.
A BNC connector is provided for radiation waveform display on a storage
oscilloscope.
Specifications
Ranges
Wide-Range
Low: 50 to 90 kVp, 0.1 kVp resolution
High: 80 to 150 kVp, 0.1 kVp resolution
Mammographic 24 to 40 kVp, 0.1 kVp
resolution
Dental 45 to 90 kVp, 0.1 kVp resolution
Accuracy
Wide-Range 3% or 3 kVp (whichever is
greater)
Mammographic 3% or 1.5 kVp
(whichever is greater)
Dental 3% or 3 kVp (whichever is greater)
mAs requirements
Wide-Range (45.7 cm SDD) 18 mAs at
120 kVp; 50 mAs at 60 kVp, single phase.
Minimum exposure time 1/20 (0.05) sec
Mammographic (25 cm SDD) 100 mAs at
24 kVp. Minimumexposuretime1/20 (0.05) sec
Dental 8.5 mAs at 45 kVp; 0.026 mAs at
90 kVp
Controls
Wide-Range On/off, single/three-phase
and range selection switch
Mammographic On/off and Moly/
Tungsten selector switches
Dental On/off and single/three-phase
selector switches
(10 to 40C)
Relative humidity 0 to 90%, non-
condensing
Power requirements 9 V alkaline battery,
150 hours operation
Display 3.50 x 0.50 inch LCD. Automatic
indication of (a) low battery condition,
(b) need to adjust exposure factors
Output signal BNC connector for
waveform analysis
Dimensions 8 (w) x 6 (d) x 2.50 in (h)
(20 x 15 x 6 cm)
Weight 2 lb (0.9 kg)
Available model(s)
07-494 Wide-Range Digital kVp Meter
07-492 Mammographic Digital kVp Meter
07-479 Dental Digital kVp Meter
07-494-ds rev 3 03 jun 05
Features
Automatic display reset
No remote control cables
Scope output for waveform analysis
Compact, lightweight and battery-
operated
Service & Quality Control Kits
Model 18-526 Series
Radiography/
Fluoroscopy
QC Kit
(Model 18-526-2000)
Mammography
QC Kit
(Model 18-526-1000)
Dental QC Kit
(Model 18-526-4000)
Cardiac Cath/Special Procedures QC Kit
(Model 18-526-3000)
Each kit contains the essential
instruments that service personnel,
physicists, and QC technicians rely
on to check and calibrate todays
most vital equipment
Every instrument selected for
inclusion in our Service/QC kits was
chosen for its reliability, accuracy,
and ease-of-use
Each Service/QC kit includes an
easy-to-carry, durable, insulated
carrying/storage case, to keep your
equipment safe, wherever you go
Optional mAs meter available
Contains the essential non-
invasive test tools for special
procedures:
Victoreen
RAD-CHECK
MICRO-R (Model 06-526-5240)

Wide-Range Digital kVp Meter
(Model 07-494)
Digital X-Ray Pulse Counter/Timer
(Model 07-453)
Image Intensifier Ionization
Chamber, 100 cm
3
(Model
06-524-3000)
Everything you need to make
compliance with ACR and
MQSA regulations easy:
Victoreen
RAD-CHECK
PLUS (Model 06-526)

Mammographic Digital kVp
Meter (Model 07-492)
Digital X-Ray Pulse-Counter/
Timer (Model 07-453)
3
(Model 6000-529)
All the test devices necessary to
perform QC in radiographic
and fluoroscopic suites:
Service and QC will be easier and more cost-
effective than ever with this comprehensive kit:
Victoreen
RAD-CHECK
PLUS (Model 06-526)

Dental Digital kVp Meter (Model 07-479)
Digital X-Ray Pulse-Counter/Timer (Model 07-453)
Remote Sensor (Model 07-453-2000): for use with
Model 07-453
3
(Model 6000-528)
Victoreen
RAD-CHECK
PLUS (Model 06-526)

Wide-Range Digital kVp
Meter (Model 07-494)
Digital X-Ray Pulse-Counter/Timer (Model 07-453)
3
(Model 6000-528)
For more information, receive our full product catalog,
or order online, contact Radiation Management
Services business of Fluke Biomedical: 440.248.9300
or www.flukebiomedical.com/rms.
2005FlukeBiomedical. All rightsreserved. Victoreenand
RAD-CHECK aretrademarksof FlukeCorporation. PrintedinUSA.
18-526-ds rev 4 15 jun 05
Test Patterns
Models 07-501 to 07-555
X-Ray Test Patterns for Measuring Resolution of
Image Intensifiers and Video Systems
X-Ray Test Patterns for Measuring Resolution
The choice of pattern depends on the specific application. The sector test patterns are 0.4,
and the group test patterns have varying numbers of line pair groups. Lead thicknesses are
limited by the resolution, with a maximum thickness of 0.1 mm for test patterns up to
5 LP/mm. Radiopaque numbers indicate the resolution (in LP/mm) of each group.
Ultra-High Precision Test Pattern for Measuring
Modulation Transfer Function
The Ultra-High Precision Test Pattern utilizes 22 groups of line pairs. Each group is
indicated by the extended line above the pattern. The resolution of the individual groups
can be taken from the table. Lead thickness is 0.05 mm. Pattern size is 71 x 44 mm.
Available model(s)
07-553 Ultra-High Precision Test Pattern
Shown in Model 07-553
Shown in Model 07-501-2000
Shown in Model 07-523-1000/2000
Shown in Model
07-527
Shown in Model
07-541-2000
For more information, receive our full product catalog, or order online, contact Radiation Management Services business of Fluke Biomedical: 440.248.9300 or
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Printed in USA. 07-501-ds rev 2 22 feb 05
Model
Range of
resolution
in LP/mm
Number of
groups
Lead-foil
thickness
in mm
Dimensions
in mm
07-501-2000 1.0-4.8 16 0.1 110 x 40
07-501-1000
07-521 2.0-10.0 15 0.05 94 x 50
07-525 3.15-16.6 15 0.03 94 x 50
07-555 5.0-20.0 13 0.02* 25 x 10
07-515 1.0-10.0 1 0.05 80 x 40
07-523-2000 0.5-5.0 1 0.1 157 x 50
07-523-1000
07-539 1.5-20.0 1 0.025 60 x 30
07-526 0.6-10.0 26 0.05 65 x 55
07-527 0.6-5.0 20 0.01 50 x 50
07-535 0.6-5.0 20 0.05 50 x 50
07-538-2000 0.6-5.0 20 0.1 50 x 50
07-538-1000
07-541-2000 0.6-3.4 2 x 15 0.1 50 x 50
07-541-1000
07-548 2.0-6.0 2 x 14 0.08 50 x 50
* Gold-foil thickness in mm.
Ultra-High Precision Pattern (same specifications as Model 07-501-2000)
Model
Range of
resolution
in LP/mm
Number of
groups
Lead-foil
thickness
in mm
Dimensions
in mm
07-506 1.0-2.0 2 x 6 0.1 32
07-507 3.0-4.0 2 x 6 0.1 32
07-511 2.0-3.0 2 x 6 0.1 32
07-519 1.8-3.15 2 x 6 0.1 32
07-529 2.8-5.0 2 x 6 0.1 32
07-532 5.0-6.0 2 x 6 0.05 32
07-537 5.0-7.0 2 x 6 0.05 32
Group 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
LP/mm 0.25 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.85 1 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.4
Group 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
LP/mm 2.9 3.5 4.2 5 6 7 8.5 10 8.5 7 6
Star Patterns
Models 07-503 to 07-551
Built to US Federal Specification
GG-X-635C
Determines mAs linearity
Determines contrast vs. kVp
Used for:
- Darkroom fog testing
- Film and screen comparison
- Technique chart development
Star X-Ray Test Patterns for Measuring Focal Spot Size
Focal spot size can be determined by observing the regions of blurring which occur when the pattern is
radiographed by an x-ray source of finite dimensions. Radiation from different areas of the focal spot will
cause a periodic blurring of the pattern due to penumbra effects. Knowledge of the geometric factors, and
the distance from the center of the pattern to the region where blurring occurs, will permit the calculation of
the focal spot size with the same accuracy as measurements made with a pinhole camera.
Shown in Model 07-509-2000
Available model(s)
07-503-2000 High-Precision Star X-Ray Test Pattern, 55 mm .
For measuring focal spots from 0.1 to 0.3 mm. Has four 15
patterned sectors with a 0.5 angle of a single line within a sector.
Lead-foil thickness 0.03 mm
07-503-1000 Ultra-High Precision Star X-Ray Test Pattern.
(Same specifications as Model 07-503-2000)
For measuring focal spots from 1 mm and up. Has four 45 sectors
with a 2 angle of a single line within a sector. Lead-foil thickness
0.05 mm
07-542-2000 Precision Star X-Ray Test Pattern, 55 mm . For
measuring focal spots from 0.3 to 0.6 mm. Has four 28 patterned
sectors with a 1 angle of a single line within a sector. Lead-foil
thickness 0.03 mm
For measuring focal spots from 0.8 to 1.5 mm. Has four 35
patterned sections with a 1.5 angle of a single line within a sector.
07-543-1000 Ultra-High Precision Star X-Ray Patterns.
07-550 Ultra-High Precision Star X-Ray Patterns. (Same as Model
07-503-2000 except it has four 45 patterned sectors, for easier
interpretation). Lead-foil thickness 0.03 mm
07-551 Ultra-High Precision Star
X-Ray Pattern. (Same as Model
07-503-2000 except it has four 15
patterned sectors with a 0.25 angle).
07-510-2000 High-Precision Star
X-Ray Test Pattern, 55 mm . For
measuring focal spots from 1 mm and
up. Has one 360 pattern sector with
a 2 angle of a single line within a
sector. Lead-foil thickness 0.05 mm
07-510-1000 Ultra-High Precision
Star X-Ray Test Pattern. (Same
specifications as Model 07-510-2000)
11
steps
21
steps
High-Purity Aluminum Step Wedges
Model 07-456
On these high-purity aluminum step
wedges, even-numbered steps are
identified with lead numerals.
11 steps
Dimensions
Step wedge 2.50 x 5.50 x 1.375 in
Each step 0.5 in surface; 3 mm rise
21 steps
Dimensions
Step wedge 3 x 10.3 x 1.85 in
Each step 12 mm surface; 2.1 mm rise
Available model(s)
07-456 11 Step Wedge, Type-2024
Aluminum
07-456-1100 11 Step Wedge, Type-1100
Aluminum
07-456-2100 21 Step Wedge, Type-2024
Aluminum
07-456-2111 21 Step Wedge, Type-1100
Aluminum
For more information, receive our full product catalog, or order online, contact Radiation Management Services
business of Fluke Biomedical: 440.248.9300 or www.flukebiomedical.com/rms.
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Printed in USA. 07-503-ds rev 2 22 feb 05
Collimator/Beam
Alignment Test Tool
Model 07-661-7662
Focal Spot Test Tool
Model 07-591
Collimator Verification of the proper
alignment of the collimator light field with the
x-ray field is essential in radiographic quality
control. This device readily indicates a 1% or
2% misalignment at a 40 inch focal-film
distance (FFD), but it may be used at any FFD.
It consists of a flat 8 x 10 inch plate with a
14 x 18 cm pattern etched on its surface. It
can also be used to check fluoroscopy
alignment and collimation.
Beam alignment Improper central ray
alignment will distort a radiographic image.
This device provides a simple means of
determining if the x-ray beam is
perpendicular to the image receptor and
centered with respect to the light field. A steel
ball is mounted in the center of a disc at each
Provides a simple pass-
fail test to determine if an
x-ray tube focal spot has
been damaged. Consists of a
6 inch high stand with an
eleven-group test pattern.
Each group has six bars,
three of which are
positioned at right angles to
the adjacent set. The groups
diminish in size from 0.66
line pairs/mm (1.75 mm) to
2.88 line pairs/mm
(0.3 mm). By observing the
radiograph and using the
supplied chart, showing
resolution vs. focal spot
size, the nominal focal spot dimension (in mm) can be determined.
Specifications
Dimensions (stand) 2.50 in x 6 in (h) (6.35 x 15.24 cm)
Flex Film Cassette, 5 x 7 inch (Model 07-800-5007)
Available model(s)
07-591 Focal Spot Test Tool
end of the 15 cm high clear plastic cylinder.
When the balls are positioned over one
another and at a right angle to the film, their
images will appear as one if the central ray is
truly perpendicular to the film. The
approximate degree of improper angulation
can also be determined.
Specifications
Dimensions beam alignment
5.9 (h) x 2.5 in OD (15 x 006.3 cm)
Weight beam alignment 0.54 lb (0.24 kg)
Weight collimator 0.41 lb (0.19 kg)
Available model(s)
07-661-7662 Collimator/Beam Alignment
Test Tool
Focal Spot Test Tool shown in use with an
optional flex film cassette
Grid Alignment Test Tool
Model 07-644
Increased patient radiation
dose and reduced image
contrast can result from
lateral decentering or
tilting of a focused grid
used in a Bucky apparatus.
The Grid Alignment Test
Tool is used to check
whether a focused grid is
aligned properly with the
central ray and the center
of the film cassette. It
consists of a set of three
plastic-covered, 0.062 inch thick lead plates: one 9.125 x 3.625 inch
test plate, and two 3.56 x 2.375 inch blocker plates. The large test
plate contains five 0.375 inch test holes and five 0.062 inch
orientation holes.
Its easy to use. The test tool is centered on the x-ray table and fixed
in position perpendicular to the grid lines. Five exposures are made,
with the x-ray beam sequentially centered on each of five holes, and
the optical densities of the hole images are compared. A properly
centered and leveled grid will result in equal density changes in the
hole images on either side of the central hole. Unequal density
changes indicate the need for corrective action.
Specifications
Available model(s)
07-644 Grid Alignment Test Tool, including three lead plates
07-661-7662-ds rev 2 07 feb 05
Multipurpose Focal Spot/HVL
Test Stand*
Model 07-622
Mammography Focal Spot
Measurement Test Stand**
Model 07-623
Available model(s)
07-533 Radiopaque Ruler, 30 cm long,
2 mm divisions. Weight: 0.05 lb (0.04 kg)
07-533-1000 Radiopaque Ruler, 100 cmlong,
2 mmdivisions. Weight: 0.5 lb (0.24 kg)
It is particularly important to verify the
size of the focal spot during acceptance
testing of new mammographic equipment
or when a new x-ray tube is installed.
This test stand is designed to make these
important procedures easy to perform,
and ensures accurate results.
Dimensions 9 x 11.50 inch at base; 4 x 6 inch
at top
Height Adjustable from 9 to 18 inches
Includes a magnification insert, alignment device, and fluorescent alignment
screen
This versatile stand features extendible
legs that provide the enlargement factors
required by the NEMA
standard. Long
leveling screws allow the positioning of
a screen-film cassette under the base.
Dimensions 12 x 12 inch at base; 6.15 x 6.15
inch at top
Height Adjustable from 16.94 to 31.38 inch
Weight 11 lb (5 kg)
Pinhole Assembly, 0.010 mm (Model 07-633)
Available model(s)
07-622 Multipurpose Focal Spot/HVL Test
Stand
Weight 11 lb (5 kg)
Available model(s)
07-623 Mammography Focal Spot Test Stand
Can be used for half value layer measurements
Designed for both over-table and under-table x-ray tube measurements
Radiopaque Rulers
Model 07-533
* Designed by Joel E. Gray, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus, Department of Radiology, Mayo Clinic
, Rochester,
MN 55905. Manufactured under licensing agreement with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and
Research.
** Designed by Joel E. Gray, Ph.D., Professor
Emeritus, Department of Radiology, Mayo Clinic,
Rochester, MN 55905. Manufactured under
licensing agreement with Mayo Foundation for
Medical Education and Research.
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. NEMA is aregistered
trademark of theNational Electrical Manufacturers Association for
its publication of voluntary standards and guidelines. NEMA is not a
certification mark. Mayo Clinic is aregistered trademark of Mayo
Foundation. Printed in USA.
07-622-ds rev 2 18 feb 05
07-533-1100 Radiopaque Ruler, 110 cmlong,
2 mmdivisions. Weight: 0.5 lb (0.24 kg)
07-533-3600 Radiopaque Ruler, 36 cm long,
2 mm divisions. Weight: 0.05 lb (0.04 kg)
Angiographic Head
Phantoms
Model RS-230 to RS-245T
Introduction
Fluke Biomedical Angiographic Head Phantoms bridge the gap between physical and
anatomical information requirements. Molded in tissue-equivalent material, an
accurate male skull contains a 3-dimensional, high-contrast vascular simulation to
facilitate correlation of the radiologists subjective evaluation of angiographic image
quality with actual measurements of resolution and contrast under the same exposure
conditions.
Each Angiographic Head Phantom contains a 5-step wedge. A 2-10 line pair/mm test
pattern is optional. Other patterns or test objects and custom pathologies are
available on special order.
The Angiographic Head Phantom provides a dry run to completely check out
angiographic equipment and ensure that it is operating satisfactorily in all significant
details before subjecting patients to radiological procedures. If the imaging system
malfunctions, the phantom also plays a critically important role in isolating and
verifying correction of the problems. The Angiographic Head Phantom confines the
variables to components and technique and is an invaluable service and teaching tool.
The anthropomorphic quality
assurance phantom
3-dimensional high-contrast vascular
pattern
Full or half-head
Tissue equivalent materials
Stepwedge and resolution test
patterns
Opaque or transparent
Features
The phantom is virtually shatterproof
The phantom can be used
omnidirectionally
Applications
Unique RSD soft-tissue equivalent material is used for the skin
tissue and neck and is adjusted to brain density in the cranium.
This material closely duplicates brain tissues in radio-
absorptive and scatter properties. The phantom is virtually
shatterproof.
A high-contrast 3-dimensional vascular pattern is placed in the
median plane. The pattern closely resembles an internal carotid
arteriogram in its early phase. The radio-density of the
angiographic pattern has been adjusted to represent a 75%
contrast-media. The phantom can be used omnidirectionally.
The Angiographic Head
Phantom is available as
either a full or half head.
The full head has the
advantage of representing
the full scatter properties
and subject contrast of a
human head. The half-head
model is well suited to non-
grid techniques. It has the
advantages of lighter weight,
lower cost and smaller size,
easily fitting into a briefcase.
The combination of the
simulated vascular pattern, resolution chart, and stepwedge
enables the user to correlate physical parameters (such as
resolution, contrast and speed) with the subjective evaluation
of the skull markings and the vascular detail.
The Angiographic Head Phantom is available in either
transparent or opaque models.
Available model(s)
Model RS-245 Half Angiographic Head
RS-230-ds rev 1 09 mar 05
Model Description
RS-230 Opaque Full Angiographic Head with stepwedge
RS-230T
Transparent Full Angiographic Head with
stepwedge
RS-235
Opaque Full Angiographic Head with resolution test
pattern (2-10 lp/mm) and stepwedge
RS-235T
Transparent Full Angiographic Head with resolution
test pattern (2-10 lp/mm) and stepwedge
RS-240 Opaque Half Angiographic Head with stepwedge
RS-240T
Transparent Half Angiographic Head with
stepwedge
RS-245
Opaque Half Angiographic Head with resolution
test pattern (2-10 lp/mm) and stepwedge
RS-245T
Transparent Half Angiographic Head with
resolution test pattern (2-10 lp/mm) and stepwedge
Computed Tomography (CT)
Head Phantom
Model RS-250
Anthropomorphic
Molded around skull
Checks important physical
parameters
Provides realistic system check
Ideal for training
Polycarbonate base dimensioned for
scans parallel or perpendicular to
longitudinal axis
Section A: Aluminum plates, 0.4 mm thick, set at a 45 angle,
measure beam width and slice thickness.
Section B: The dosimetry section provides patient-exposure
controls, and checks on abnormal internal doses before actual
patient scans. Customization to accommodate TLD with rods or
chips is available.
Section C: Cylindrical tumors of graded sizes and radiodensities
establish high and low-contrast resolution and demonstrate partial
beam-averaging effects.
Section D: The anthropomorphic section provides actual auditory
ossicles in an air-contrast inner ear and a fractured petrous bone.
Small tumors in the posterior fossa are placed in an area which most
scanners image with difficulty.
Section E: inch diameter
aluminum rod on the
phantoms longitudinal axis,
checks general alignment,
and Dry Water gives a
realistic noise check.
A
B
C
D
E
RS-250-ds rev 1 09 mar 05
Available model(s)
RS-250 Computed Tomography (CT) Head
Phantom
Lung/Chest Phantoms
Model RS-310 to RS-350
Introduction
Developed in conjunction with the
University of California at
Irvines Department of
Radiological Sciences, the Fluke
Biomedical Lung/Chest Phantom
is a specialized phantom,
providing a high degree of realism
in chest radiography.
The Fluke Biomedical Lung/Chest
Phantom extends from the neck to below the diaphragm. It is molded about a male
skeleton, corresponding to the external body size of a patient, 5 feet, 9 inches
(175 cm) tall and weighing 162 lbs (73.5 kg). The Fluke Biomedical phantom
materials are equivalent to natural bone and soft-tissues.
Animal lungs are selected to match the size of an adult male. Lungs are fixed in the
inflated state and are molded to conform to the pleural cavities of the phantom. The
pulmonary arteries are injected with a blood-equivalent plastic.
The Lung/Chest Phantom with simulated left coronary artery reveals several areas of
coronary artery irregularity and narrowing.
The next best thing to human lungs
for radiographic studies
Extensive vascular detail
Different degrees of vascular contrast
available
Interchangeable normal and
pathological lungs
Lung wrap-around pathology
overlays
Pathological features
To demonstrate different pathological
conditions, five standard pathologies are
incorporated:
Two contiguous 0.5 cm nodules at the
tip of the first left rib
A 0.6 cm nodule superimposed with
large vessel in the left lower lobe
A 1.5 cm nodule, left mediastinal
shadow
A 0.6 cm nodule blending in with the
right pulmonary artery
Pneumonia in the right lower lobe
Lung/Chest with removable diaphragm and lung pair insert
No added contrast Low contrast High contrast
Custom pathologies
The Lung/Chest Phantom is available either with the
diaphragm permanently sealed to the interior of the phantom,
fixing the lungs in place, or with a removable diaphragm,
which permits the interchange of lungs, and provides an
unlimited number of configurations and disease simulations.
Custom pathologies available as wrap-around sheets on either
or both lungs.
All models are available with blood-equivalent pulmonary
arteries, or with low or high contrast media added.
Available model(s)
RS-310-ds rev 1 13 jun 05
Model Description
RS-310
Lung/Chest Phantom with permanently sealed
diaphragm
RS-315
Lung/Chest Phantom with permanently sealed
diaphragm and left coronary artery
RS-320
Lung/Chest Phantom with removable diaphragm,
lung pair insert without coronary artery
RS-330
Lung/Chest Phantom with removable diaphragm,
lung pair insert coronary artery
RS-340 Lung pair insert without coronary artery
RS-345 Lung pair insert with coronary artery
RS-350 Wrap-around pathology sheets
MAMMO II Phantom
MAMMO II Phantom is a patient substitute that allows
instructors to teach mammography positioning. Mammograms,
taken within the range of standard technical factors, provide
realistic images with high contrast.
MAMMO II simplifies classroom procedures, allowing
trainees to take as many exposures as are needed to develop
expertise.
Teaches positioning for craniocaudal and mediolateral oblique
views
Teaches spot-compression procedures
Sensitivity training for patient comfort
Helpful in training male students (no more loaded vests to simulate
breasts)
A molded gel provides realistic compressibility. Mammograms
are taken at a breast thickness of 5 cm, using normal technical
factors.
The breast is mounted on a post with adjustments for height
and the angles needed for various views.
A small indicator box is placed next to the breast to signal
when the 5 cm breast thickness is reached. An ouch is
represented by a red warning light which informs the trainee
that a patients pain level can be reached at about this
compression. The light is actuated 5 mms before the dead stop
produced by the box. This procedure emphasizes the care
needed for patients when the pain zone is reached.
Indicator box
Available model(s)
RS-750 MAMMO II Phantom complete with stand and
carrying/storage case
Positioning for mediolateral
oblique view
Phantom mammogram
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. PIXY
is areqistered trademark of Radiology Support

Devices, Inc. Printed in USA.
AnthroPhantoms-ds rev 1 13 jun 05
Fluoroscopic Beam
Alignment Device
Model 07-600
Reduces exposure to the patient
X-ray film of
beam alignment
device taken by
a misaligned
fluoroscope
machine with a
defective
collimator
In misaligned fluoroscopic image
intensifier systems, the portion of the
field that falls outside the visible area of
the image receptor does not contribute to
the useful fluoroscopic image and can
result in unnecessary exposure to the
patient.
If corrective measures are required,
this device will provide a measurement
of optimum beam alignment. It consists
of an aluminum plate with four sliding
brass strips set in recessed channels. The
strips define the visible area of the image
receptor and are adjustable with respect
to the center of the measurement plate. A
transparent plastic overlay on the
aluminum plate prevents the vertical
displacement of the brass strips. Holes
drilled at 0.5 inch intervals through the
center of each channel are filled with
high density plugs. The visibility of the
plugs in the fluoroscopic image permits
their use as a means of centering the
device.
Dimensions 9 (w) x 9 (d) x 0.625 in (t)
(23 x 23 x 1.6 cm)
Available model(s)
07-600 Fluoroscopic Beam Alignment
Device
07-600-ds rev 1 13 may 05
Unfors DXR
Direct X-Ray Ruler
Model 07-678
Fully automatic 10 ms exposure time
Auto power on Auto power off
6 - 8 years battery life
The new Unfors DXR, Direct X-Ray Ruler, represents the latest in todays
technology for alignment of the light and radiation field.
The Unfors DXR is extremely easy to use as it is powered on by simply exposing the
meter. Features include auto reset and auto power off. There is no need to adjust the
light field to a square phantom before making an exposure. No time is wasted waiting
for films to be developed.
The pocket-sized Unfors DXR operates down to 100 mA at 70 kVp and gives an
objective, reproducible and immediate read-out.
Available model(s)
07-678 Direct X-Ray Ruler
Expose the Unfors DXR and read the deviation in
the display within a second
Fluoroscopic System
Resolution Test Tools
Model 07-601
For resolution checks of fluoroscopic imaging systems
Dimensions 7.5 (w) x 7.5 (d) x 0.35 in (t)
(19 x 19 x 0.3 cm)
Available model(s)
07-601 Fluoroscopic Resolution Tool,
16-60 mesh
30-100 mesh
60-150 mesh
07-601-1414 Fluoroscopic Resolution Tool,
16-60 mesh, 14 x 14 inch
60-150 mesh
(Model 07-618)
These 7.50 inch square plastic plates
each have a 7 inch square area
containing eight groups of copper or
brass mesh screening in the following
mesh-size ranges: 16 to 60 lines/inch, 30
to 100 lines/inch or 60 to 150 lines/inch.
The screens are arranged in an irregular
rotation to permit discrete visualization
of groups. They can also be used to
optimize television system focus as well
as mirror optics and image intensifier
settings.
Flex Film Cassettes
Models 07-800 Series
Weight Less than 1 lb
Available model(s)
07-800-5007 Flex Film Cassette, 5 x 7 inch
07-800-1012 Flex FilmCassette, 10 x 12 inch
07-800-1417 Flex FilmCassette, 14 x 17 inch
Flex Film Cassettes are:
Convenient to use; an alignment grid
is printed on one side
Easy-to-load; they fit easily around
contoured items
Durable; use them again and again
Resistant to moisture and dirt; theyre
easy to clean
Available in custom sizes; cassettes
have been manufactured in sizes up to
68 inches long. Metric sizes are also
available on special order
Three popular sizes are available for your convenience: 5 x 7, 8 x 10 and
10 x 12 inch
We are pleased to offer Flex Film
Cassettes, the flexible vinyl x-ray film
holders that provide unsurpassed detail
and resolution. Unlike conventional
cassettes, Flex Film Cassettes contain no
screen, so you get direct exposure of the
x-ray film and a better image. Flex Film
Cassettes offer an ideal combination of
firmness and flexibility for a variety of
medical and industrial applications;
thats why they are the most widely used
flexible film cassettes in the industry.
Flex Film Cassettes are the best choice
for QC testing of imaging equipment.
They are ideal for use with such test
tools as: the Mini CT QC Phantom, all
X-Ray Test Patterns, all Slit Cameras,
and all Focal Spot Imaging Test Tools, as
well as many others. If you are currently
using, or plan to purchase, any of the
above test tools, then you need our Flex
Film Cassettes.
07-601-ds rev 2 23 feb 05
07-605-7777-ds rev 2 22 feb 05
EZ CR/DR DIN Test Tool
Model 07-605-7777
Quick and easily optimize images
from your CR/DR system
Effectively reduces equipment
downtime
Incorporates the DIN standard
test pattern, DIN 6868/58
Dramatically reduces repeat patient
exams; thus preventing unnecessary
patient exposure due to problems
related to the image acquisition
chain and poor image quality
Lightweight, durable
Easy-to-use, no moving parts
Cost-effective
Introduction
The EZ CR/DR DIN Test Tool is a timely and valuable solution to the image
quality maintenance problem. Technologists, radiologists and physicists can easily
perform quick and reliable assessments of their CR/DR systems.
Todays new image acquisition chains are considerably more complex than
conventional screen/film systems. Computed Radiography (CR)/Digital Radiography
(DR) systems involve special processing for each body part. This is controlled by
computers, rather than chemical processors and soft copy displays, which are
calibrated using light meters rather than visual inspection. CR/DR systems also
incorporate laser beams, photomultiplier tubes, network gateways and laser printers.
The EZ CR/DR DIN Test Tool is designed specifically for evaluating the entire
CR/DR image acquisition chain.
Applications
Ideal for use as a preventive maintenance quality control test tool, the EZ CR/DR
DIN Test Tool can also be used to take regularly scheduled measured data points
from the image, such as line pair resolution measurements, ROIs (regions of interest)
and geometry symmetry. Measurements/angle can be used to evaluate monitor, as
well as printed film image quality.
By performing daily quality control checks, both before the first patient is examined
and at the end of the day, equipment problems can be accurately and easily
pinpointed and corrected. Equipment downtime will also be significantly reduced,
resulting in increased patient throughput. Patients will no longer need to endure
repeat exams due to poor image quality.
Youll soon realize a dramatic savings in film costs when you use our EZ CR/DR
DIN Test Tool as part of your QC program. In addition, radiological personnel will
experience significantly less of the problems and frustrations associated with
equipment maintenance and thank you for it.
Features
Now you can quickly check all these
important parameters:
Dynamic range
Contrast resolution
Homogeneity
Resolution
Specifications
Dimensions 14 (w) x 17 (d) x 0.5 in (t)
(35.5 x 43.1 x 1.5 cm)
Available model(s)
07-605-7777 EZ CR/DR DIN Test Tool
www.cardinal.com/rms
CDRH Dental Image
Quality Test Tool
Designed to meet the requirements
for the NEXT* dental survey
protocol
Conforms to Center for Devices and
Radiological Health (CDRH)
specifications
Provides a means of reproducible
setup, ensuring a consistent test
protocol
Cost-effective; reduces the need for
repeat films
Reduces setup time
Increases patient safety
Minimizes chance of misdiagnosis
Ideal for dental service engineers
and inspectors
Introduction
The Nationwide Evaluation of X-Ray Trends (NEXT) dental protocol has been
issued to provide guidelines for quality control procedures for diagnostic dental
radiography. In order to perform these procedures, a suitable phantom was
developed: the CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool (Model 76-025).
The J CAHO requires certain standards to be met regarding radiographic quality
control. The CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool (Model 76-025) facilitates
compliance with these standards, since the standards were compiled using a
prototype of this phantom.
The CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool (Model 76-025) is designed specifically
for testing the functionality of dental x-ray units, and provides a means of evaluating
half value layer, determination of kVp, and assessing overall image quality. It is the
only dental test tool designed with dental service personnel and inspectors in mind.
The test tool will significantly improve the ability of service personnel to quickly and
accurately survey the image quality of the x-ray unit. The CDRH Dental Image
Quality Test Tool can also be used as a constancy check for x-ray film processing,
making it the most versatile and cost-effective dental test tool available today.
Applications
Clinical imaging involves diagnosis of tooth pathology. In order to permit an
accurate simulated clinical image evaluation, the test tool contains a human tooth
encased in its center. The CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool (Model 76-025)
consists of a wooden cradle (to hold the test tool body), built-in slots (for attenuation
* NEXT (Nationwide Evaluation of X-Ray Trends) is a committee of the Conference of Radiation Control
Program Directors (CRCPD) that oversees quality control procedures for diagnostic radiology. They issue
procedure protocols and guidelines for imaging modalities.
Applications (cont)
filters), a film slot, an exposure chamber
holder, and a mounting screw (for use
with a tripod). The test tool comes with
an aluminum step wedge that is designed
for evaluating darkroom fog and
consistency testing. The step wedge has
two slots, one for exposing a film pack
and one for evaluating darkroom fog. The
film slot also ensures easy, reproducible
placement of the film for consistent
imaging.
To use the CDRH Dental Image Quality
Test Tool (Model 76-025), it is necessary
to establish an acceptable baseline or
standard for the x-ray unit performance.
The test tool should be imaged using the
same technical factors that were used to
establish the baseline. These images,
when compared to the baseline, will
allow the user to determine if image
quality degradation is occurring so
appropriate corrective action can be
taken.
CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool (Model 76-025) set up for half value
layer measurements
CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool (Model 76-025) set up for image
evaluation protocols (film not shown in phantom for visualization purposes)
Specifications
The test tool includes:
Four different copper wire meshes that have the following lines-
per-inch ratios: 100, 120, 150, and 200
Four air steps for contrast and density measurements
One human tooth encased in the phantom material
Material Wood base; acrylic test tool; type-1100 aluminum step wedge
Dimensions
Base 3.94 (w) x 7.87 (d) x 1.93 in (h) (10 x 20 x 4.9 cm)
Test tool 7.6 cm x 5.5 cm long (3 x 2.17 cm)
Step wedge 5.1 (w) x 12.7 (d) x 1.3 cm (h)
Weight 2.06 (0.88 kg)
Aluminum Step Wedge (Model 76-025-4000)
Available model(s)
76-025 CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool, includes
aluminum step wedge
76-025-6661 Dental Image Quality Test Tool with Decayed Tooth,
includes aluminum step wedge
CDRH Dental Image Quality Test Tool (Model 76-025) set up for dental
exposure measurement protocols
Diagram of Aluminum Step Wedge used for darkroom fog and consistency testing
76-025-ds rev 2 23 feb 05
Model 07-643 diagram
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Printed in USA. 07-
643-ds rev 2 22 feb 05
Contrast Imaging Phantom
Model 07-643
Check dynamic range of the video
system
Check the system all at once
Use it during all fluoro modes -
pulsed, non-pulsed, etc.
Check film range and density
Introduction
The Contrast Imaging Phantom (Model 07-643) is an accurate, easy-to-use,
indispensable tool for evaluating image quality and determining that the imaging
system is operating at its full potential. It will immediately let you know if theres a
problem.
Specifications
Dimensions
Outside diameter 9.05 in (23 cm)
Thickness 0.5 in (1.28 cm)
Available model(s)
07-643 Contrast Imaging Phantom
Model 07-643 x-ray image
We now have available sterile
Image Intensifier Covers, call
for details.
For more information, receive our full product catalog, or order
online, contact Radiation Management Services business of Fluke
Biomedical: 440.248.9300 or www.flukebiomedical.com/rms.
07-647-ds rev 2 22 feb 05
R/F QC Phantom
Model 07-647
Designed specifically with the
radiologic technologist in mind
Provides an accurate overall
evaluation of image quality
consistency
For QC of phototimer and
automatic brightness control
consistency
Ideal for use in determining subtle
degradation in imaging
performance
Average test time is less than
5 minutes per unit
For use with radiography,
fluoroscopy, and spot films, too
Verifies fluoroscopic monitor
contrast and brightness adjustment
Introduction
The R/F QC Phantom is designed to provide the diagnostic radiologic technologist
with an accurate, easy-to-use tool for evaluating the image quality and performance
of standard diagnostic radiographic and fluoroscopic imaging systems.
Applications
For fine-tuning of radiographic and fluoroscopic imaging systems, it is
recommended that the phantom be imaged at least monthly on all radiographic and
fluoroscopic equipment. To attain the most accurate, up-to-date quality control
information, a daily or weekly frequency is preferable. When used daily, the R/F QC
Phantom will allow the technologist to quickly determine whether the equipment is
functioning correctly. This easy-to-use phantom allows the user to complete the
suggested protocol in approximately 5 minutes or less, when used on a standard R/F
system. Once the phantom is imaged, simply graph the results to determine any
trends that may indicate a degradation of
imaging system performance, such as a steady
but slow change in the fluoro kVp or in the
radiographic mAs.
Specifications
Dimensions 7 x 7 x 0.56 in (t) (17.78 x 17.78 x 1.42 cm)
Available model(s)
07-647 R/F QC Phantom
Features
At the center of the phantom are pie-
shaped wedges of varying mesh sizes:
20#, 30#, 40#, 60#, 80#, and 100#
L/in, for evaluating high-contrast
performance
Surrounding the mesh are four low
contrast masses of different
diameters: 2, 4, 6, and 8 mm
At one edge of the phantom is a small
density difference patch, for a
measure of contrast on the films
At the opposite edge of the phantom
are two monitor adjustment squares,
each having a low contrast square
insert
The phantom contains a 2 mm copper
attenuator which allows it to simulate
the attenuation of an average adult
At the corners of the test tool are lines
for aligning the light field
QC charts are provided for plotting
both the radiographic and fluoroscopic
results
Along the sides of the test tool are
beads 1 cm inside and outside of the
lines started in the corners
Light field collimated to alignment
markers on the test tool. This image
shows excellent correspondence between
the x-ray field and the light field
CDRH Fluoroscopic Phantom
Model 07-649
Conforms to Center for Devices and
Radiological Health (CDRH)
specifications
This phantom is now required in
order to comply with QC tests
recommended in the ACRs Barium
Enema QC Manual
Recommended in AAPM Report No. 60,
Instrumentation Requirements of
Diagnostic Radiological Physicists
Optimized for both under- and
over-table fluoroscopic tubes
Compact, and easy to use
Introducation
The Nationwide
Evaluation of X-Ray
Trends (NEXT*)
fluoroscopy protocol has
been issued to provide
guidelines for quality
control procedures for
diagnostic fluoroscopy.
In order to perform these
procedures, a suitable
phantom was developed:
the Model 07-649
CDRH Fluoroscopic
Phantom.
In a survey of fluoroscopic facilities for the NEXT program, it was determined that a
substantial proportion of facilities could not visualize low-contrast test objects; this
strongly suggests image quality problems. Measurements for this survey were
performed using the Model 07-649 CDRH Fluoroscopic Phantom. In addition to air
kerma rate (free in air) measurements, imaging performance was assessed using the
Fluoroscopic Image Quality Test Object (included with phantom).
1
The phantom also
contains a lead stop plate and copper attenuation plate.
Applications
By using the Model 07-649 CDRH Fluoroscopic Phantom, doses at fluoroscopy can
be reduced, and fluoroscopic image quality can be improved.
* The Conference of Radiation Control Program
Directors (CRCPD), the professional organization
of state and local radiation control agencies, along
with the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) of
the federal government, conducts the Nationwide
Evaluation of X-Ray Trends (NEXT) survey
program.
Free clinical study reprint available
1. Orhan H. Suleiman, MS, Ph.D., Burton J . Conway,
MS, Phil Quinn, MS, Robert G. Antonsen, BS, Fred
G., Rueter, Dsc, Robert J . Slayton, MS, and David
C. Spelic, MS, Ph.D., Nationwide Survey of
Fluoroscopy: Radiation Dose and Image Quality,
Radiology, 203:2 (May 1997), 471-476. Request
Reprint No. 523B.
Specifications
This patient-equivalent phantom of uniform
thickness consists of a 7 inch thick acrylic
block, one Fluoroscopic Image Quality Test
Object, one lead stop plate and one copper
attenuation plate. The base of the phantom is
comprised of two type-1100 aluminum plates,
each 2.3 mm thick. The phantom has four
lead beads embedded on top, to be used as
collimation orientation points. It stands on
two legs, approximately 4 inches off the
tabletop. One leg is specially designed as a
probe holder
Lead stop plate This 3.2 mm (0.125 inch)
plate simulates maximum attenuation, and
can be used to measure the maximum air
kerma rate (free in air)
Copper attenuation plate This 1.6 mm(0.06 inch)
copper filter simulates the presence of a 2 mm
thick layer of barium sulfate, and can be used
to measure the air kerma rate (free in air)
Dimensions 7 x 7 x 8 in (h) (17. 8 x 17.8 x 19.3 cm)
Fluoroscopic Image Quality Test Object
(Model 07-649-1169)
Available model(s)
07-649 CDRH Fluoroscopic Phantom,
includes fluoroscopic image quality test
object, lead stop plate, and copper
attenuation plate
This is comprised of eight low-contrast test holes
(each 0.375 inch , and ranging in depth from
0.0063 to 0.068 inch) and eight wire meshes
(ranging from 12 to 60 lines per inch). The test
object is used for the assessment of spatial
resolution, and can easily be taken on and off the
phantom
Fluoroscopic image quality test object
07-649-ds rev 2 22 feb 05
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Plexiglas is atrademark of Rohmand Haas Company.
Printed in USA. 07-652-ds rev 2 22 feb 05
CDRAD Contrast Detail Digital and
Conventional Radiography Phantom
Model 07-652
Optimized for evaluation of digital
systems
Improves diagnostic accuracy
Can also be used for conventional
radiography systems
Used to evaluate loss of detail in:
Film digitizers
Computed Radiography (CR)
systems
Display monitors
Laser printers
Used to adjust and optimize:
Image processing parameters
Viewing conditions
Introduction
Most definitions of image quality in
radiology are based on characterizing
the physical properties of the image
chain. However, medical diagnosis is
not made by the image alone; observer
perception greatly affects the result.
Digital radiography
The CDRAD Phantom from Nuclear
Associates is an excellent tool for
evaluating the imaging characteristics of
digital radiographic systems, including
stimulable phosphor computed
radiography systems and
teleradiography systems.
One of the principle concerns with the use of digital radiography, is the potential
reduction in the visibility of detail due to the blurring introduced at various places within
the system, such as the film digitizers, display monitors, and the sampling of the image
into discrete pixels. Loss of detail is the image characteristic which can have an adverse
affect on diagnosis. Resolution (bar phantom) test objects which are used to evaluate
conventional x-ray imaging systems are generally not appropriate for evaluating digital
systems. The CDRAD Phantom provides a reliable and objective evaluation of the loss of
detail from blurring at any point within the system.
Contrast detail lines of monitor image
( ) and the hard copy image (

) from
the same digital equipment
Contrast Depth (mm)
D
e
t
a
i
l

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r

(
m
m
)
Image evaluation
To evaluate the phantom image, the observer indicates the
location of the second spot in each square. Correct indication
proves that a contrast is
actually seen
At the transition from
visible to invisible, it is
difficult to decide in
which corner the second
spot is located, and the
response equals pure
chance
The line connecting the
central spots with the
smallest visible diameter
and contrast is called the
Contrast Detail (CD) Curve
For comparison of the
imaging performance of
different systems,
phantom images are made
under identical conditions and evaluated by the same observer at
the same time. The better system will produce an image in which
smaller contrasts and details are visible. This results in a shift of
the CD curve to the lower left part of the image. (See graph)
In the detail (vertical) direction, the diameter of the holes
increases step-wise and logarithmically from 0.3 to 8.0 mm.
The image shows 15 rows of spots with increasing detail
Phantom specifications
The CDRAD Phantomconsists of a Plexiglas
tablet with
cylindrical holes of exact diameter and depth (tolerances: 0.02 mm)
The radiographic image of the phantom provides information
about the imaging performance of the whole system
The image shows 225 squares: 15 rows and 15 columns
In each square, either one or two spots (the images of the holes)
are present. The first three rows show only one spot, while the
other rows have two identical spots; one in the middle and one
in a randomly chosen corner. (See graph)
The optical densities of the spots are higher than the uniform
background
In the contrast (horizontal) direction, the depth of the holes
increases logarithmically, and the image shows 15 columns of
spots with increasing contrast
Comparison of the performance of several observers is also
possible. The better performing observer produces a CD curve
more to the lower left part of the image
Specifications
Dimensions 10.4 x 10.4 x 0.3 in thick (26.4 x 26.4 x 0.76 cm)
Available model(s)
07-652 CDRAD Contrast Detail Digital and Conventional
Radiography Phantom
See al so CDMAMM Phant om (Model 18-227)
For additional information on the use of this phantom, see:
www.emory.edu/x-rays/sprawls/technology
07-653-ds rev 2 22 feb 05
Fluoroscopic Imaging
Test Phantom
Model 07-653
The Fluoroscopic Imaging Test
Phantom provides a test
pattern enabling the precise
adjustment of many critical
parameters of the Fluoroscopic
System:
Video level, contrast, peak whites,
black level
Shading or vignetting correction
Automatic brightness
Sweep linearity
Frequency response, aperture
correction
Introduction
Ensure the optimum performance of your Fluoroscopic System with the
Fluoroscopic Imaging Test Phantom.
This compact, versatile, and extremely easy-to-use phantom is innovatively designed
to enable you to evaluate, adjust and optimize fluoro video cameras, brightness
systems and image processing systems. Its proven design makes it ideal for use by
x-ray service engineers.
Y
X
White dots to
check resolution,
preamp frequency
characteristics,
apeture correction
Lead disks to set
black level
Substrate: uniform
density plate
Dual grey scale
steps to set video
level, gamma,
peak whites
Large circle
set sweep line
Two absorber plates
(not shown) to check
operation of automatic
brightness system
07-653
Phantom diagram (Model 07-653)
Specifications
Dimensions
Outside diameter 8.97 in (22.78 cm)
Thickness 0.5 in (1.28 cm)
Available model(s)
07-653 Fluoroscopic Imaging Test
Phantom
X-ray image (Model 07-653)
Diagnostic X-Ray Phantoms
Model 76-2 Series
Model 76-211 Model 76-212
Model 76-213 Model 76-214
Phantoms conform to AAPM
recommendations contained in
Report No. 31, Standardized
Methods for Measuring Diagnostic
X-Ray Exposure
Patient-equivalent acrylic and
aluminum phantoms provide the
necessary attenuation between the
source and AEC or ABC detectors
Helps you comply with JCAHO
requirements for radiographic
exposure measurements
These phantoms are recommended in
AAPM Report No. 60,
Instrumentation Requirements of
Diagnostic Radiological Physicists
Introduction
J CAHO requires that x-ray exposure measurements be determined for commonly
used projections in all radiographic suites. In order to provide this information when
using automatic exposure control (AEC) or automatic brightness control (ABC)
systems, specially designed phantoms must be used. Attenuating material must be
used between the source and AEC or ABC detectors. Since these detectors are energy
dependent, measurement of skin entrance exposure requires the use of patient-
equivalent phantoms for meaningful results.
Applications
AAPM Report No. 31 recommends the
use of four special phantoms for use in
diagnostic x-rays. These acrylic and
aluminum phantoms are patient-
equivalent, and are specifically designed
to conform to the AAPM
recommendations.
76-2-ds rev 3 23 feb 05
Chest X-Ray Phantom (Model 76-211)
The Chest Phantom consists of four sheets of 25 x 25 x
2.54 cm clear acrylic, one sheet of 25 cm x 25 cm x 1 mm and
one sheet of 25 cm x 25 cm x 2 mm type-1100 high-purity
aluminum, and spacers to provide a 5.08 cm air gap.
Weight 17.5 lb (8 kg)
Abdomen/Lumbar Spine Phantom
(Model 76-212)
The Phantom consists of five sheets of 25 x 25 x 2.54 cm and
one sheet of 25 x 25 x 5.08 cm clear acrylic to achieve a
17.78 cm thick phantom. In order to provide additional
attenuation in the spinal region, a 7 cm x 25 cm x 4.5 mm
thick piece of high-purity alloy aluminum is included.
Weight 37 lb (17 kg)
Skull X-Ray Phantom (Model 76-213)
The Skull Phantom has the same configuration as the Chest
Phantom, but without the air gap. It consists of four sheets of
25 x 25 x 2.54 cm clear acrylic, one sheet of 25 cm x 25 cm x
1 mm and one sheet of 25 cm x 25 cm x 2 mm high-purity
alloy aluminum, and a center sheet of 25 x 25 x 5.08 cm clear
acrylic.
Extremity X-Ray Phantom (Model 76-214)
The Extremity Phantom consists of one 25 x 25 x 2 cm piece
of high-purity alloy aluminum sandwiched between two sheets
of 25 x 25 x 2.54 cm clear acrylic.
Make-Your-Own-Phantom Modular Kit
(Model 76-215)
This kit contains all the components needed to make any one
of the phantoms on this page. It includes:
Five sheets 25 x 25 x 2.54 cm thick acrylic
One sheet 25 x 25 x 5.08 cm thick acrylic
One sheet 25 cm x 25 cm x 1 mm thick aluminum
One sheet 25 cm x 25 cm x 2 mm thick aluminum
One sheet 7 cm x 25 cm x 4.5 mm thick aluminum
Spacers for a 5.08 cm air gap
NEMA
Cardiology Phantom
Phantom and test procedures
simulate a range of fluoroscopically-
guided invasive and interventional
procedures
Provides simultaneous objective
measurements of image quality and
phantom entrance dose
Test results characterize the
performance of the complete system
under simulated clinical conditions
All tests are performed using the
imaging system configured for
normal clinical use
Features
Independent confirmation
Reassurance of an optimally working
system
Quick evaluation
The machine is tested in its clinical
configuration
Verification
That the system actually needs to be
serviced, allowing you to save time,
money and avoid more serious
problems later on
Ease-of-use
Anyone with technical knowledge can
do the tests to determine if corrective
action is necessary
Peace of mind
To make sure that you are getting just
what you paid for
Introduction
The NEMA Cardiology Phantom was designed by collaboration with SCA&I to
provide a cardiovascular fluoroscopy benchmark phantom. It is used to test systems
under conditions simulating normal clinical use for fluoroscopically-guided invasive
and interventional procedures.
The phantom test ensemble includes: tests for imaging-field geometry, spatial
resolution, low-contrast iodine detectability, working thickness range, motion
unsharpness and phantom entrance dose.
Applications
Test objects are positioned at the center of the NEMA Cardiology Phantom. This
simulates the location of clinically important organs. The NEMA Cardiology Phantom,
positioned with its center at the x-ray systems isocenter, simulates clinical imaging
geometry. Therefore, the geometric magnification of the test objects is similar to that of
the clinical target. The receptor blur, focal spot penumbra blur and x-ray scatter are also
similar in test and clinical conditions. The entrance surface of a thick phantom is closer
to the x-ray tube than the entrance surface of a thin phantom. This is an additional
reason why patient (phantom) dose increases with phantom thickness.
Visualized field size A plate is placed on the entrance surface of the image
receptor. The plate is fluorographed to determine the actual field of view (FOV).
Congruence of irradiated and visualized fields This test is not needed if the
shutters are fully seen in the FOV under test. (CAUTION: digitally synthesized
shutters may simulate this effect without actual beam collimation.)
Spatial resolution A standard bar pattern insert is included in the central test plate.
The test plate is placed with the bars at 45 to the video lines or digital image
matrix. This produces the smallest change in the moir pattern, resulting from a
small change in angle. See Figures 2 and 3.
Figure 2. Spatial Resolution: the 1.4 & 1.6 line-pair/mm
targets are resolved. The 1.8 & 2.0 targets are not
resolved
Figure 1. The NEMA Cardiology phantom
Air cylinder
Air test pin
Lead test pin
Aluminum cylinder
Figure 3. Photograph and diagram of the central test plate. Note the resolution test plate, iodine contrast-detail targets, and working thickness
range targets
Working thickness range The ability to image structures overlaid by bone or air. Systems with inadequate single-image latitude
are unable to do this in bright (air) or dark (bone) portions of the image. The NEMA Cardiology Phantom contains eight
cylinders composed of different heights of air, aluminum and plastic. These cylinders are calibrated for a total 20 cm phantom
thickness. A 50 mm deep air challenge target overlaps the four air cylinders. The bright side dynamic range is determined by
how many of these targets are seen. A 5 mm lead challenge target overlaps the four aluminum cylinders. The dark side dynamic
range is determined by counting these targets. See Figure 4.
Spatial resolution (cont)
Low contrast detectability Four sets of holes with
diameters of 4, 3, 2, and 1 mm are filled with elemental
iodine dispersed in epoxy. The relative areal concentration of
iodine in the four patterns is 20, 10, 5, 2.5 mg/cm
2
. The test
operator is required to identify the smallest visible pair of
targets in each pattern. See Figure 4.
Figure 4. Working Thickness
Range. Three examples of white
clipping and two examples of black
clipping
Visibility of moving structures A rotating spoke target
allows visual evaluation of motion unsharpness and the
effects of temporal averaging. The device contains five steel
wires of different diameters (0.022, 0.016, 0.012, 0.009 and
0.005 inches or 0.56, 0.41, 0.30, 0.23, 0.13 mm). Two lead
dots are used to evaluate lag and recursive filtering. Rotation
speed is 30 revolutions/min. The linear velocity of the outer
lead dot is 200 mm/sec. The rotating disk replaces the central
test plate at the isocenter. See Figure 5.
Figure 5. Motion target
Dosimetry dosimetry tools The NEMA Cardiology
Phantom entrance exposure rate is measured at a
standardized position in front of the entrance surface of the
phantom (25 mm). This position is considered an acceptable
choice for this particular benchmarking phantom. The
phantom can also be configured to generate the FDA
measuring point (30 cm in front of the image receptor). See
Figure 6.
Figure 6. Example of typical
dosimetry measurement
Geometry. Dosimetry center is
always 25 mm below bottom of
phantom
Fluorographs A and B demonstrate acceptable alignment of the
NEMA phantom.
In fluorograph A, the spatial resolution test plate and several of
the low contrast detectability targets are shown. Both lines
cross at the dot.
Fluorograph B shows both lines crossing at the dot. (The test
plates have been removed.)
The field size plate is placed on top of the phantom. A second plate with a centered radiopaque dot is placed in the base. The
imaging gantry is adjusted until the cross wires intersect the approximate center of the disk. See Figure 7.
D C A B
Fluorographs C and D demonstrate poor alignment of the
NEMA phantom.
In fluorograph C, the spatial resolution test plate and several of
the low contrast detectability targets are also seen in this image.
The intersection of the two lines is outside the dot.
Fluorograph D shows the intersection of the two lines outside
the dot. (The test plates have been removed.)
How does the NEMA Cardiology Phantom actually work?
* For photographic purposes, only two of the test plates are shown; alignment is actually performed using required number of test plates.
*NEMA Base with both lower (dot) and
upper (cross) alignment plates in position
*NEMA Base with both lower (dot) and upper
(cross) alignment plates in position. Note that the
grooves on the side of each plate ensure the correct
orientation of the plates
NEMA Base with lower alignment plate (dot plate) in
position. Note that the leading edge of the plate fully
engages the cutout in the rear leg
Figure 7. Alignment Tools
Specifications
Material
Plate identification and stacking order
Available model(s)
07-680 NEMA Cardiology Phantom, consists of phantom,
rotating target (110 or 220 V), test stand, alignment pins, x-ray test
pattern, and carrying case
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. NEMA is aregistered trademark of theNational Electrical
Manufacturers Association for its publication of voluntary standards and guidelines. NEMA is not a
certification mark. RadiaXon is atrademark of WRP-AsiaPacific Corporation. Printed in USA.
07-680-ds rev 3 22 feb 05
Material
Thickness
tolerance
Comments
PMMA plates 1 mm
Aluminum 0.5 mm Type-1100
Piano wires
Commercial
steel
These are standarditems
Lead pins 1 mm
Lead plate 0.1 mm
Copper plate 0.1 mm
Iodine 5%
Reagent grade tolerance is
concentration in epoxy
PC boards
Solder-covered traces thick
enough to be seen through
30 cm of PMMA
See also, RadiaXon Radiation Attenuation Gloves
(Model 57-965) used in interventional procedures.
Dental Head Phantom
Model 76-606DX
440.248.9300 www.ukebiomedical.com/rms
For dental x-ray evaluations and
other applications
Helps in the verication of patient
position, beam placement, and
dosimetry in head and neck cancers
Accurately matches narrow-beam
attenuation of tissue thickness for all
energies in diagnostic range
Only phantom used for panoramic
radiography
For more information or to receive our full product catalog,
contact Fluke Biomedical at 440.248.9300 or www.
ukebiomedical.com/rms.
Specications are subject to change without notice.
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Printed in USA.
76-606DX-ds rev 4 03 mar 06
Introduction
The Dental Head Phantom mimics an average adult male head in size, shape and
structure. The phantom includes larynx, trachea, sinus, nasal and mouth cavities. An
articulating lower jaw enables easy access to teeth and air cavities. The phantom is
made from tissue analogs for brain, bone, spinal cord, vertebral disks, tooth enamel
and soft tissues that mimic actual tissues within 1% for both CT and Therapy energy
ranges (50 keV to 25 MeV).
Applications
The dental head phantom is a very versitle solution for optimal dental education and
advanced training of radiologists, technologists and radiological physician assistants
in universities, schools and institutes.
Dosimetry is an essential element of patient protection. The dental head phantom
helps you calculate dosage for different organs and tissues and can be customized
according to the application.
Panoramic x-ray lms can be performed using the dental head phantom. The
phantom has two imbedded natural teeth and the tongue is removable.
50% of all dental practices use panoramic radiography and this phantom is perfect to
visualize the oral cavity.
Features
Natural teeth can be positioned inside
the jaw
Access into the mouth cavity
X-ray dental lm placement
Dosimetry in different organs and
tissues
Available model(s)
76-606DX Dental Head Phantom
Digital Subtraction
Angiography (DSA) Phantom
*
Model 76-710
New phantom design yields
dramatic improvement in the quality
of the subtracted image
Conforms to Report #15 by the
American Association of Physicists
in Medicine (AAPM)
Evaluates digital functions of DSA
systems
Checks contrast range, resolution,
linearity, uniformity, amplifier
dynamic range, registration
accuracy and subtraction
effectiveness
Provides easy-to-interpret results
Quantitatively measures high- and
low-contrast spatial resolution
Introduction
This Model 76-710 Digital Subtraction Angiography (DSA) Phantom conforms to
the recommendation in Report No. 15 by the American Association of Physicists in
Medicine (AAPM) - Digital Radiology/Fluorography Task Group of the Diagnostic
X-Ray Imaging Committee.
Benefits
Dramatic improvement in the quality of the subtracted image due to:
- Improved phantom stability
- Increased homogeneity of bone material in bone blocks
Eliminates occurrence of mis-registration artifacts caused by inadvertent movement
of the phantom components during image acquisition
Features
Retaining hasps ensure a tight fit
between the step blocks, for reduced
motion artifacts
Specially-designed stop on the end
of the slot blocks improves the
positional accuracy of the insert
material during image acquisition, and
reduces the number of DSA frames
that must be acquired
The U-block provides a very sturdy
support when entrance exposures are
being measured with a dosimeter ion
chamber
Two artery blocks in two
concentrations of iodine: 15 mg/ml and
150 mg/ml, for increased clinical
relevance
A 300 mg/ml iodine artery block is
available as an option
* Designed by Joel E. Gray, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus, Mayo Graduate School of Medicine and Jerome P.
Taubel, R.T., Department of Diagnostic Radiology, Mayo Clinic
and Foundation. Manufactured under

licensing agreement with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research.
This phantom conforms to the recommendation in Report #15 by the American Association of Physicists in
Medicine (AAPM)-Digital Radiography/Fluoroscopy Task Group of the Diagnostic X-Ray Imaging Committee.
See also, RadiaXon Radiation Attenuation Gloves (Model 57-965)
used in interventional procedures.
Specifications
Artery Block, with 15 mg per ML venous concentration
(Model 76-705)
Artery Block (from 76-700-1150 phantom), with 150 mg per
ML arterial concentration (Model 76-705-1150)
Artery Block (from 76-700-1300 phantom), with 300 mg per
ML arterial concentration (Model 76-705-1300)
Step Wedge (Model 76-711)
Slot Block (Model 76-712)
Bone Block (Model 76-713)
Blank Insert (Model 76-714)
Low-Contrast Artery Insert (Model 76-715)
Low-Contrast Iodine Line Pair Insert (Model 76-716)
High-Contrast Resolution Pattern Insert (Model 76-717)
(does not include test pattern(s)
Registration Plate (Model 76-718)
Linearity Insert (Model 76-719)
Optional high-contrast resolution test patterns
High-Precision Test Pattern, 0.01 mm thick (Model 07-527)
High-Precision Test Pattern, 0.10 mm thick (Model 07-538-1000)
Ultra-High Precision Test Pattern, 0.10 mm thick (Model 07-538-2000)
(See Test Patterns data sheet for a complete listing)
Possible DSA phantom configurations
Bone Block
Slot Block for use with
Slot Block Inserts
Folded Step Block with
Retaining Hasp
U-Block to support
phantom when using with
dosimeter probe
Unfolded Step Block with
Retaining Hasp removed
Registration Plate
Registration Plate
The DSA phantom includes:
Registration Plate 150 mg/ml Artery Block Bone Block U-Block Base
Slot Block 15 mg/ml Artery Block Step Block Retaining Hasps
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Mayo Clinic is aregistered trademark of theMayo
Foundation. RadiaXon is atrademark of WRP-AsiaPacific Corporation. Printed in USA.
76-710-ds rev 2 13 may 05
Available model(s)
76-710 DSA Phantom
Mamchex/AEC
Model 07-MCX
An intelligent meter that monitors
daily quality control and calibration
of mammographic x-ray machines
Separates x-ray machine from film
processing quality control
Convenient, fast, and accurate
assessment of the AEC Systems
performance
Introduction
The Mamchex/AEC separates x-ray machine from film processing quality control.
The x-ray machine output can be surveyed daily or at any time to tell whether the
machine is ready to make human exposures safely and diagnostically. The Mamchex
meter looks at the light output from the intensifying screen in the cassette (the same
light the film sees); and displays digitally whether any factor has caused the machine
x-ray beam to change since the last time it was checked. The Mamchex can detect
mammographic machine drift and/or beam change and can tell the operator whether
the machine should/should not be used.
The Mamchex intelligent meter uses a microcontroller to track the output of the machine
and displays a digital number (QC number) that can be compared to a calibrated output;
if the number changes significantly over the short or long term, the machine may need re-
calibration. If the digital number does not change but the image quality has changed, then
other components of the imaging chain should be investigated.
Applications
Technologists can use this meter at any time to indicate calibration status or
calibration drift.
The Mamchex is easy to operate:
1. Slip Mamchex into the Bucky, the same as the film/screen cassette, until it locks into
place.
2.Turn it on.
3.Push the reset button, wait till the LCD says Ready for Exposure.
4.Expose it.
5.Read the number and compare it to a calibration number. The number tells whether
the operator has a go or no go situation.
Features
Diagnostic power-up sequence to
indicate operational status
Manual reset using the Power/Reset
button
Automatic power-down when meter is
not used for more than one minute
Displays when an exposure is being
made
Displays exposure time in
milliseconds
Low battery indication
Specifications
Reset Manual using Power/Reset button
(15 to 35C)
Dynamic range 0 to 999.9
Power requirements Two 9 V batteries
Radiation exposure time accuracy
1 millisec or 1%, whichever is greater
Short/long term drift <0.5%
Typical battery life >40 hr
Size 7.5 x 14.37 x 0.5 in (1.9 x 36.5 x 1.3 cm)
Available model(s)
07-MCX Mamchex/AEC, consists of M/
R Interface and Mammographic Cassette
and Adapter
Mamchex system without cable
07-MCX-ds rev 2 26 feb 05
For AEC-6 complete radiographic system package, see AEC-6 Mammo/Rad
Systems (Model 07-AEC6).
Mammography Phototimer
Consistency Test Tool
Available in either acrylic or tissue-
equivalent BR-12 material*
Should be used to test thickness
tracking
recommends this type of product in
their quality assurance program
Meets MQSA requirements
The mammographic units automatic exposure control should
be capable of maintaining optical density within 0.15 OD as
the voltage is varied from 25 to 35 kVp, and as breast
thickness is varied from 2 to 8 cm for each technique. Test
images taken of uniform phantoms of varying thicknesses
should not differ by more than 0.30 OD from each other. These
tests should be carried out over the kVp range customarily
used by the mammography center.
The Phototimer Consistency Test Tool is available in two
materials: acrylic; and, for more accurate results, breast-tissue-
equivalent BR-12 material. Both are supplied in uniform 2.0
cm slabs to produce thicknesses of 2, 4, 6, and 8 cm.
* BR-12 is a designation (D.R. White, et al.) of certain epoxy resin formulations
which react to x-ray in the mammographic energy range (15 to 30 keV) in the
same manner as human tissue. The tissue-simulation properties for these slabs
are maximized at 20 keV (28 kVp ). The glandular equivalency of this material
is 45% in the mammographic range.
Available model(s)
18-203 Mammography Phototimer Consistency Test Tool, set of
four acrylic slabs (10 x 12.5 x 2 cm thick). Weight: 3 lb (1.34 kg)
18-204 Mammography Phototimer Consistency Test Tool, set of
four BR-12 slabs (10 x 12.5 x 2 cm thick). Weight: 2.2 lb (1 kg)
18-238 Mammography Phototimer Consistency Test Tool
Research, set of six BR-12 slabs (includes three 10 x 12.5 x 2 cm
thick, two 10 x 12.5 x 1 cm thick, and one 10 x 12.5 x 0.5 cm
thick). Weight: 2.6 lb (1.2 kg)
18-238-3070 Mammography Phototimer Consistency Test Tool,
set of six slabs, tissue-equivalent, 30% gland/70% adipose
Mammography Phantom Material
Model 18-224
The American College of Radiologys Committee on Quality
Assurance in Mammography (Medical Physicists Manual)
recommends, as part of the required test equipment, this
phantom material.
Available model(s)
18-224 Mammographic Phantom Material, acrylic, one sheet,
18 x 24 x 2 cm. Weight: 2 lb (0.92 kg)
18-225 Mammographic Phantom Material, BR-12, two sheets,
18 x 24 x 2 cm. Weight: 3.8 lb (1.7 kg)
Available in either acrylic or tissue-equivalent
BR-12 material*
For testing
Automatic exposure control (AEC)
Collimator assessment
Artifact evaluation
18-203-ds rev 2 25 feb 05
Mammography Collimation
Assessment Test Tool
*
* Designed by Carol Mount, R.T. (R) (M), Supervisor of Mammography, Mayo Clinic
, Rochester, MN 55905.
Manufactured under licensing agreement with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research.
Reduces setup time by half
Simple to use
Complies with MQSA testing
requirements as contained in the
ACR Mammography QC Manual
Measurement can be quickly and
easily repeated
Compression paddle rests on peg
exactly 4.2 cm above the bucky - no
measurement of compression paddle
height needed
Stays firmly in place
Adaptable for 18 x 24 cm, 24 x 30 cm
and magnification stand testing
The ONLY product available
on the market specifically
designed for this requirement,
a self-contained precise QA
tool that gives you instant
measurements by simply
viewing the image. The
Mammography Collimation
Assessment Test Tool (Model
18-303) is simple to use. J ust
follow the exact instructions
contained in the ACR
Mammography QC Manual
for the Collimation
Assessment. The only
difference is instead of using
all those hard-to-find coins,
you only use our test tool. The
0 point of the metal ruler is
placed at the edge of the light
field. The compression paddle
rests on top of the appropriate
size plastic peg (1.7 and
2.2 cm pegs are included to
accommodate different
cassette thicknesses) and the
alignment ruler (generously
sized at 3 cm in both
directions) fits snugly against
the edge of the paddle. It
couldnt be much simpler or
much quicker.
Specifications
Dimensions 24 x 30 cm (9.45 x 11.81 in)
Available model(s)
18-303 Mammography Collimation
Assessment Test Tool, includes one 1.7 cm
peg and one 2.2 cm peg
Mammography Collimation Assessment Test Tool shown in
position
Mammography Collimation Assessment Test Tool
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Mayo Clinic is a
trademark of Mayo Foundation. Printed in USA.
18-303-ds rev 2 25 feb 05
Image of test tool on top of bucky Image of test tool in bucky
Single-Exposure High
Contrast Resolution Phantom
Perform quality control inspections
of mammography system resolution
with just one exposure
Meets ACR guidelines
Meets MQSA requirements
Rugged, easy-to-use, and cost-
effective
Introduction
This phantom incorporates a 17.5 micrometer-thick gold-nickel alloy bar pattern.
This allows the assessment of resolution perpendicular and parallel to the anode-
cathode axis in just one exposure. This pattern has segments from 5 lp to 20 lp/mm
and is equivalent to 25 micrometers of lead, or 2.6 mm of aluminum at 20 keV.
The bar pattern is permanently embedded in a thin acrylic wafer, to protect it from
wear and damage.
Applications
The phantom body is available in BR-12 or BR50/50. It enables consistent,
reproducible positioning of the bar pattern at 4.5 cm above the breast support plate at
1 cm from the chest wall, centered laterally as
recommended by the American College of
Radiology.
The bar pattern can also be positioned at a variety of
heights for more thorough evaluations.
The phantom includes a 30x hand-held microscope.
Specifications
Material BR12 or BR50/50
Dimensions 100 (w) x 125 (d) x 20 mm (h)
Acrylic Wafer Test Pattern (Model
18-216-2555)
Available model(s)
18-216 Single-Exposure High Contrast
Resolution Phantom, BR-12, includes
hand-held microscope
18-216-1000 Single-Exposure High
Contrast Resolution Phantom, BR50/50,
includes hand-held microscope
18-216-ds rev 3 29 mar 05
Mammographic
Accreditation Phantom
Helps ensure optimum image quality
and peak performance of the
mammographic system
Essential for MQSA compliance
Introduction
The Mammographic Accreditation
Phantom will assist you in complying
with MQSA and the American College of
Radiology (ACR) Quality Control
Programs. This phantom is intended for use as an integral part of the Mammographic
Quality Control Program, and when used to perform routine mammographic QC, it will
help you quickly, easily, and accurately evaluate the overall imaging performance of your
mammographic system. This phantom will detect imaging changes so you can make the
necessary corrections in order to maintain your system at peak performance.
Applications
The Mammographic Accreditation Phantom was designed to test the performance of a
mammographic system by a quantitative evaluation of the systems ability to image small
structures similar to those found clinically. Objects within the phantom simulate
calcifications, fibrous calcifications in ducts, and tumor masses.
The phantom is also designed to determine if a mammographic system can detect small
structures that are important in the early detection of breast cancer. Test objects within the
phantom range in size from those that should be visible on any system, to objects that
will be difficult to see even on the best mammographic system.
Features
Complies with ACR phantom
specifications and QC requirements
Contains test objects to simulate
indications of breast cancer...punctuate
calcifications, tissue fibrillar extensions
in adipose tissue, and tumorlike masses
Ideal for monitoring the overall
performance of your mammographic
imaging system, x-ray generator, film
processor, and screen-film combination
Equivalent in x-ray attenuation to a 4.5
cm compressed average breast
Specifications
Phantom body
Material Acrylic
Dimensions
Overall 10.15 (w) x 10.8 (d) x 4.4 cm (h)
Acrylic base 1.375 in thick (3.4 cm)
Cover 0.128 in thick (3 mm)
Acrylic contrast test disk 1 cm x 4 mm
Note: The 4.4 cm-thick phantom is made of a
7 mm wax block insert containing 16 sets of
test objects, a 3.4 cm thick acrylic base, and
a 3 mm thick cover. The phantom
approximates a 4.5 cm compressed breast of
average glandular/adipose composition.
Included in the wax insert are aluminum-
oxide (Al
2
O
3
) specks that simulate
microcalcifications. Six different nylon fibers
simulate fibrous structures and five different
size lens-shaped masses simulate tumors
Each phantom includes a 4 mm x 1 cm
diameter acrylic contrast test disk, faxitron
x-ray image, and magnifying glass
Wax insert
18-220-ds rev 3 17 feb 05
Optional are two 2 cm acrylic plates to check
the automatic exposure control of the
mammography unit. The addition of these
two plates, when combined with the overall
4.4 cm thickness of the phantom, will allow
the system to be checked in varying
thicknesses of 2 to 8.5 cm. Both of these items
are recommended by ACR in their
Mammography Quality Control Procedure
Acrylic Plates, 10 x 10 x 2 cm thick,
set of 2 (Model 18-237)
Acrylic Contrast Test Disc, 1 cm x 4 mm
(Model 18-205)
Available model(s)
18-220 Mammographic Accreditation
Phantom, includes acrylic contrast test disk,
faxitron x-ray image, and magnifying glass
Nylon fibers Al
2
O
3
Specks
Masses
(thickness)
1) 1.56 mm 7) 0.54 mm 12) 2.00 mm
2) 1.12 mm 8) 0.40 mm 13) 1.00 mm
3) 0.89 mm 9) 0.32 mm 14) 0.75 mm
4) 0.75 mm 10) 0.24 mm 15) 0.50 mm
5) 0.54 mm 11) 0.16 mm
6) 0.40 mm
Tissue-Equivalent
Mammography Phantom
Applications
The phantom is 4.5 cm thick, simulates a 50% glandular tissue composition and is
designed to test the performance of a mammographic system by a quantitative
evaluation of the systems ability to image small structures similar to those found
clinically. The phantom is designed to determine if your system can detect small
structures that are important in early detection of breast cancer. Test objects within
the phantom range in size from those that should be visible on any system to objects
that will be difficult to see in the best mammographic systems.
The phantom includes a 30x hand-held microscope and mammography QA
documents for recording image evaluations and scores.
Breast phantom to test new
generation of mammography
machines
A refined quality control for todays
advanced imaging systems
Objects within the phantom
simulate calcifications, fibrous
calcifications in ducts, and tumor
masses
Specifications
Line-pair target
1) 20 lp/mm
Calcium carbonate specks
2) 0.13
3) 0.165
4) 0.196
5) 0.23
6) 0.275
7) 0.4
8) 0.23
9) 0.196
10) 0.165
11) 0.23
12) 0.196
13) 0.165
Step wedge (1 cm thick)
14) 100% gland
15) 70% gland
16) 50% gland
17) 30% gland
18) 100% gland
Introduction
Proven simulation technology
enables the use of tissue-
equivalent, realistically-shaped
phantoms for mammographic
quality control.
This breast phantom contains
targets that are engineered to test
the threshold of the new
generation of mammography
machines.
Nylon fibers
19) 1.25 mm
20) 0.83 mm
21) 0.71 mm
22) 0.53 mm
23) 0.3 mm
Hemispheric masses
(75% glandular / 25% adipose)
24) 4.76 mm thick
25) 3.16 mm thick
26) 2.38 mm thick
27) 1.98 mm thick
28) 1.59 mm thick
29) 1.19 mm thick
30) 0.9 mm thick
Optical density
31) reference zone
Edge beam
32) localization target
Material Epoxy
Dimensions 7.28 (w) x 4.92 (d) x
1.77 in (h) (18.5 x 12.5 x 4.5 cm)
References
Skubic S.E., Fatouros P.P., Absorbed Breast Dose:
Dependenceon Radiographic Modality and Technique,
and Breast Thickness, Radiology, 61 (1986), 263-
270.
Fatouros P.P., Skubic S.E., Goodman H., The
Development and Use of Realistically Shaped, Tissue-
Equivalent Phantoms for Assessing the
Mammographic Process, Radiology, 32 (1985), 157.
Available model(s)
18-222 Tissue-Equivalent Mammography Phantom, includes
hand-held microscope and mammography QA recording
documents
18-223 Mammography Phantom Research Set, includes tissue-
equivalent phantoms 4, 5, and 6 cm thick, and phototimer
compensation plates from 0.5 to 7 cm
18-222-ds rev 3 24 feb 05
CDMAM Phantom
*
Specifically developed to determine
if mammographic images are
indicating objects with very low
contrast and very small diameter
For full-field analog and digital units
Comparison of image quality with
various screen-film combinations
Evaluation of conventional, as well
as digital and stereotactic modalities
Determination of the optimum
exposure technique, e.g., by variation
of tube potential
Comparison of image quality at
various object thicknesses, by
variation of the amount of Plexiglas
at a fixed density
Introduction
The CDMAM (Contrast Detail
Mammography) Phantom was
developed to evaluate conventional
mammographic x-ray equipment,
film, and cassettes. However, with
the increase of digital imaging in
mammography, especially when
performing stereotactic breast needle
biopsies and preoperative needle
localizations, the phantom can aid in
achieving improved image quality,
processing, display quality, and speed
in these new modalities.
What makes the CDMAM
Phantom so special?
The CDMAM Phantom consists of an aluminum base with gold discs (99.99% pure gold)
of varying thicknesses and diameters, which is attached to a Plexiglas
cover. The 5 mm
thick Plexiglas cover (PMMA plate) has a 2 mm deep cavity which accommodates the
aluminum base with gold discs. The assembly (PMMA and aluminum) has a Plexiglas-
equivalent thickness of 10 mm, under standard mammography-exposure conditions.
The aluminum base is 0.05 mm thick Al 1050 (99.5% pure aluminum). The base has been
polished and anodized black. Precisely measured gold discs of varying thickness (range =
0.05 to 1.60 m) and diameter (range =0.10 to 3.20 m) have been attached to the base
by means of evaporization. Finally, the base has been airbrushed to protect the gold discs.
* Developed by M.A.O. Thijssen, Ph.D., K.R. Bijkerk, MSc. and J.M. Lindeyer,
BSc., Project: Quality Assurance in Mammography (QAMAM), Department of
Diagnostic Radiology, University Hospital, St. Radboud, Nijmegen, The
Netherlands.
The Gold Standard of Mammographic
Phantoms
The discs are arranged in 16 rows and 16 columns. Within a row, the
disc diameter is constant, with logarithmically increasing diameter.
The precision of the disc diameter and thickness makes the CDMAM
Phantom an ideal tool for conducting contrast-detail and other image
quality experiments.
A line pattern has been engraved onto the Plexiglas cover and treated
with paint containing aluminum. The x-ray image will show a number
of squares ordered in 16 columns and 16 rows, with the disc diameter
shown for each row, and the disc thickness for each column.
About the Gold Standard CDMAM Phantom
The CDMAM Phantom includes a set of four Plexiglas plates, which
are used for the simulation of different breast thicknesses. The plates
are 10 mm thick and the same dimensions as the phantom. The plates
are marked in one corner, for identification of the configuration of
Plexiglas and phantom in an x-ray image. The phantom and Plexiglas
plates match the standard mammography film size (18 x 24 cm).
Under standard mammography-exposure conditions (Mo-anode,
30 m Mo-filtration, 28 kVp), the phantom has a Plexiglas-equivalent
thickness of 10 mm.
The actual attenuation of the CDMAM Phantom depends on the
configuration of the phantom and Plexiglas plates. The effective
energy of the phantom plane will be higher when more Plexiglas is
added to the top and bottom of the phantom.
Using the CDMAM Phantom is easy
To make an x-ray image, the CDMAM Phantom should be positioned
on the bucky with the smallest disc diameters at the thorax side, in
combination with one or more Plexiglas plates. The markings on the
Plexiglas plates should be aligned at the thorax side of the bucky. On
digital stereotactic systems with smaller fields of view, specific
portions of the phantom can easily be imaged as well.
The density of the image has to be checked after the film has been
processed. In a series of CD images, all images should approximately
have the same densities in a reference-position on the film.
Specifications
Dimensions
Plexiglas plates 6.38 (w) x 9.45 (d) x 0.40 in (t) (162.5 x 240 x 10 mm)
Aluminum base 162.5 (w) x 240 (d) x 0.5 mm (t)
Available model(s)
18-227 CDMAM Phantom, including four Plexiglas plates
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Plexiglas is atrademark of Rohmand Haas Company.
Printed in USA.
18-227-ds rev 2 24 feb 05
Stereotactic Needle Biopsy Tissue-
Equivalent Training Phantom
The ideal teaching tool and training
phantom for practicing
mammographic stereotactic needle
biopsy
Compressible
Contains cysts, dense masses and
calcifications
Proprietary gel simulates physical
density and mass attenuation of
BR-12
Gel will not dry out after initial
needle punctures, thus extending
storage life
Physical consistency similar to
human tissue, combined with an
elastic, skin-like membrane, enables
palpation of embedded structures
and accurately simulates needle
resistance
Anthropomorphic shape allows for
accurate simulation of breast
compression
Can also be used for system QC
Introduction
With the increasing use of stereotactic breast
biopsy procedures, it is essential that
radiology healthcare providers maintain and
increase their needle biopsy skills. This
tissue-equivalent phantom is a MUST for
every mammography facility.
The automated stereotactic breast biopsy
procedure depends on several variables for
accurate needle placement. Thus, for patient
safety, this system must be properly
maintained and evaluated.
Applications
This versatile phantom was designed to assist
in training technologists and physicians in
the use of a stereotactic system, and for
verifying the proper operation of
mammographic stereotactic biopsy systems.
Because the phantom closely mimics
properties of the human breast, it is also an
ideal teaching tool and practice medium for
mammographic needle biopsy procedures. It
should also be used whenever a new system
is installed or repaired, to ensure accurate
needle placement.
Specifications
Mammo-Cube Stereotactic Core
Biopsy Phantom
Specifications
Embedded lesions Six dense masses, 5 to
12 mm
Proprietary gel Simulates the physical
density and mass attenuation of BR-12. The
gel will not dry out after initial needle
punctures, thus extending storage life
Physical consistency Similar to human
tissue and combined with an elastic, skin-like
membrane which enables palpation of
embedded structures and accurately simulates
needle resistance
Care The phantom should be stored in a cool
place, and discarded after all lesions have
been biopsied
Dimensions 6.5 (w) x 7 (d) x 4.5 cm (h)
Weight 5 oz *
Available model(s)
18-229-1313 Mammo-Cube Stereotactic
Core Biopsy Phantom
Model 18-229-1313
* Individual cube dimensions and weights may vary by 10%.
18-228-ds rev 2 25 feb 05
Targets Color Dimensions Quantity Position
Cystic masses green 5 to 12 mm 6 Random
Dense masses black 5 to 12 mm 6 Random
Microcalcifications orange 0.3 to 0.35 mm two clusters
Mid-plane on right
and left sides
Dimensions 10 cm (l) x 5 cm (h); 1500 cc
Available model(s)
18-228 Stereotactic Needle Biopsy
Tissue-Equivalent Training Phantom
This training phantom is also an excellent
research and development/demonstration tool
for manufacturers of mammography
equipment.
The phantom should be stored in a cool place.
The phantom should be discarded after all the
tumors have been aspirated.
The most cost-effective and
economical phantom for teaching,
training, and QC
Order online
Triple-Modality Biopsy
Training Phantom
Tissue-equivalent under x-ray,
ultrasound, and MRI
Compressible
Ideal for physician and technologist
training, and quality control
Physical density and attenuation
characteristics accurately simulate
that of an average 50% glandular
breast (BR-12 equivalent)
Flesh-like consistency allows for the
palpation of embedded lesions while
accurately simulating needle
resistance found in human tissue
Anthropomorphic shape is suitable
for compression mammography,
ultrasound or MRI examinations
recommends this type of product in
their quality assurance program
Introduction
Suspect lesions discovered in x-ray mammography
must often be evaluated under ultrasound to aid
diagnosis and in some cases, use of MRI may be
indicated. This phantom is an ideal training device
because it can be imaged under three modalities and
was designed specifically for needle biopsy.
Applications
The Triple-Modality Biopsy Training Phantom is a
disposable phantom that was designed to closely
mimic the properties of the human breast, making it
an extremely useful accessory for training
technologists and physicians, as well as for verifying
the proper operation of a mammographic biopsy
system.
Training
With the increasing use of breast biopsy procedures, it
is essential that radiology healthcare providers
maintain and increase their needle biopsy skills. This
training phantom is a must for every mammography
facility.
Quality control
The breast biopsy procedure depends on several variables for accurate needle
placement. Thus, for patient safety, the system must be properly maintained and
evaluated. A comprehensive mammography quality control program must provide
assurances that all aspects of the mammography equipment are operating at optimum
levels. The Triple-Modality Biopsy Training Phantom is the ideal tool for such a
program. Additionally, the phantom can and should be used whenever a new system
is installed or repaired, to ensure accurate needle placement.
Research and development
This cost-effective phantom is also an excellent research and development/demonstration
tool for manufacturers of mammography equipment.
US Patent No. 5196343.

Specifications
Material Zerdine
Targets
Dense masses 2 and 8 mm for core
biopsy
Cystic masses 3 to 10 mm for needle
aspiration
Volume 500 cc
Dimensions 3.94 (w) x 4.72 (d) x 3.54 in (h)
(10 x 12 x 9 cm)
Available model(s)
18-229 Triple-Modality Biopsy Training
Phantom
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Zerdineis atrademark
of Computerized Imaging ReferenceSystems, Inc. Printed in USA.
18-229-ds rev 2 25 feb 05
Targets: dense and cystic
masses
X-ray mammography
MRI
Ultrasound
Digital Stereotactic Breast
Biopsy Accreditation Phantom
*
The fast, easy way to test image
quality on digital biopsy
mammography units and qualify
for ACR accreditation
Accepted by the ACR for use in its
Stereotactic Breast Biopsy
Accreditation Program
One exposure is all you need
Introduction
In the past, there was not an easy way to compare the image quality of conventional
and digital biopsy mammography units, because the field of view on the digital
system is typically much smaller than the 24 x 30 cm field of view on conventional
mammography units. In order to image the Mammographic Accreditation Phantom
specified by the American College of Radiology (ACR) on the biopsy units, the user
has to move the phantom to various positions in order to obtain four separate images,
to be sure all objects were imaged. This is a very inconvenient, time consuming task.
Applications
The small size of the phantom permits fast, easy comparison of conventional and digital
image quality, because you can attain an image of the entire unit in a single exposure. The
objects are some of the same ones found in the Mammographic Accreditation Phantom
specified by the ACR, so it makes comparison of the two imaging systems easy.
Features
The phantom contains test objects that
are similar to those found in the
Mammographic Accreditation
Phantom specified by the ACR
The extended top edge of the phantom
allows ease of positioning on
recumbent biopsy units
The phantoms small size allows it to
be imaged in its entirety in a single
exposure when used with a digital
biopsy unit
Enables you to determine if the images
are similar to or better than screen-film
* Designed by Carol Mount, R.T. (R) (M), and Joel E. Gray, Ph.D., Department
of Diagnostic Radiology, Mayo Clinic
, Rochester, MN 55905. Manufactured

under licensing agreement with Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and
Research.
Specifications
Wax insert
Phantom with image evaluation insert
Digital image demonstrating
image evaluation insert
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Mayo Clinic is atrademark of Mayo Foundation. Printed in
USA.
18-250-ds rev 3 24 feb 05
Fibers Al2O3 Specks Masses
A) 0.93 mmnylon fiber E) 0.54 mmspeck I) 0.25 mm(thickness) mass
B) 0.74 mmnylon fiber F) 0.32 mmspeck J ) 0.50 mm(thickness) mass
C) 0.54 mmnylon fiber G) 0.24 mmspeck K) 0.75 mm(thickness) mass
D) 0.32 mmnylon fiber H) 0.20 mmspeck L) 1.00 mm(thickness) mass
Phantom body
Dimensions (cast acrylic base block) 2.38 (w) x 2.44 (d) x 1.46 in (h)
(6.05 x 6.20 x 3.71 cm)
Weight 8.7 oz (1.20 kg)
Available model(s)
18-250 Digital Stereotactic Breast Biopsy Accreditation Phantom
Contrast and Resolution
Mammography Phantom
*
Nuclear Associates Model 18-251-2000
* Designed by Carol Mount, R.T. (R) (M), and Joel
E. Gray, Ph.D., Department of Diagnostic
Radiology, Mayo Clinic
, Rochester, MN 55905.
Manufactured under licensing agreement with
Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and
Research.
Introduction
The Contrast and Resolution
Mammography Phantom is
designed with an extended top
edge to aid the user in positioning
it on recumbent biopsy tables.
Applications
On digital mammography units,
this phantom can test the high
contrast spatial resolution of the
system with the results being
viewed on the monitor. The focal
spot high contrast resolution can
also be determined by placing a
conventional mammography
cassette behind the phantom and
making an appropriate exposure.
It is suggested that a resolution test pattern from 5-20 LP/mm be used to evaluate the
condition of the focal spot. Instead of making focal spot measurements which can be
ambiguous, an accurate determination of the x-ray tubes resolution ability can be
measured by using the optional Resolution Test Pattern (Model 07-555).
On conventional mammography units, the phantom can be used to meet the ACR
guidelines for testing focal spot resolution. The ACR suggests placing a resolution target
4.5 cm above the image receptor and imaging twice: once parallel to the anode-cathode
axis and once rotated 90 degrees. With two resolution targets, this can be achieved in a
single exposure. The grey scale step wedge can also be used to check the dynamic range
of the entire system, indicate processing problems, and variation in film emulsion.
With a single exposure you can:
Measure the contrast and dynamic
range of the imaging system
Easily measure the system resolution
of the focal spot length and width on
mammography units (with optional
Resolution Test Pattern,
Model 07-555)
Phantom with two 5-20 LP/mm test patterns
(optional) in parallel and perpendicular orientation.
Also includes an air step wedge with aluminum
attenuator
A digital image demonstrating the resolution test
patterns (optional) and air step wedge
Drawing showing hole depths
Specifications
Phantom body
Materials Cast acrylic block with aluminum
plate
Dimensions 6.66 x 6.4 x 4.3 cm thick
Weight without test patterns 8 oz
Optional Resolution Test Pattern
(Model 07-555)
Material Gold nickel construction
(equivalent to 25 microns of lead or 2.6 mm
of aluminum)
Length 25 mm
Width 12.5 mm
Thickness 0.0175 mm (0.0152 mm gold,
0.0025 mm nickel)
Resolution Test Pattern (Model 07-555)
Available model(s)
18-251 Contrast and Resolution
Mammography Phantom
18-251-1000 Contrast and Resolution
Mammography Phantom with one resolution
test pattern (Model 07-555)
18-251-2000 Contrast and Resolution
Mammography Phantom with two resolution
test patterns (Model 07-555)
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Mayo Clinic is a
trademark of Mayo Foundation. Printed in USA.
18-251-2000-ds rev 2 24 feb 05
Contrast Detail Phantom
for Mammography
Introduction
The Contrast Detail Phantom for Mammography is designed to provide a means of
quantitatively testing and monitoring the total performance of an entire mammographic
imaging chain. Its small size, as well as the number and distribution of holes simulating
embedded objects, make this phantom particularly useful in evaluating digital spot
mammography systems. With 49 holes generating subtle contrast variations, the phantom
makes it possible to detect small changes in overall system performance.
The Contrast Detail Phantomfor Mammography contains a 7 x 7 matrix of objects. The
diameter of each row of objects decreases from0.169 to 0.007 inch. In each row, the subject
contrast decreases fromapproximately 6.6% to 0.41% at mammographic energies.
Applications
The Contrast Detail Phantom for Mammography is easy to useSimply place the
phantom on the image receptor surface in the same position as a breast. Position the x-ray
tube and compression device as in a craniocaudal examination. When using the phantom
on prone-position breast biopsy systems, use the rotating top plate of the phantom and the
compression device to secure the phantom against the image receptor. Choose the
appropriate kV and mAs factors (26 kV and 60 mAs works well on most systems), or
select automatic exposure control.
Optimized for digital imaging
Easy-to-use, compact and
lightweight
Closely simulates scattering
conditions of the breast
Rotatable support plate
accommodates prone-position x-ray
units. The plate can be returned to a
position which does not interfere
with placement of the phantom on
flat surfaces
Geometrically-increasing hole
depths result in linearly-increasing
x-ray transmission
Geometrically-increasing hole
diameters enable quantitative
measurement of the contrast
threshold of the mammographic
system
Specifications
Phantom material Plexiglas
Dimensions 2.47 (w) x 2.47 (d) x 2.47 in (t)

(6.27 x 6.27 x 6.27 cm)
Available model(s)
18-252 Contrast Detail Phantom for
Mammography
Rotatable support plate accommodates
prone-position
x-ray units
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Plexiglas is atrademark of Rohmand Haas Company. Printed in USA.
18-252-ds rev 2 24 feb 05
Row
number
Object diameter
(inches) (mm)
1 0.169 4.292
2 0.099 2.524
3 0.058 1.485
4 0.034 0.873
5 0.020 0.513
6 0.011 0.302
7 0.007 0.177
Object diameter
Column
number
Object depth
(inches) (mm)
Typical contrast at
mammographic
energies (%)
1 0.033 0.853 6.60
2 0.021 0.533 4.20
3 0.013 0.332 2.60
4 0.008 0.208 1.70
5 0.005 0.129 1.00
6 0.003 0.080 0.65
7 0.002 0.050 0.41
Object diameter and contrast
A good imaging system should
resolve at least the following objects:
Row
number
Minimum number
of objects detected
1 6
2 6
3 5
4 4
5 2
6 1
7 0
Minimum detectability score: 24/49
76-409-ds rev 3 27 feb 05
Spiral/Helical CT Lesion
Detectability Phantom
Model 76-409
Incorporates clinically-relevant
lesion shape (spherical) and size
Provides clinically-relevant absolute
HU values for soft tissue
Provides a clinically-relevant HU
differential (i.e. tumors have a
slightly lower HU than backround)
Introduction
The CT Lesion Detectability
Phantom is particularly useful to
physicians, CT technologists, and
medical physicists who design
scanning protocols for
abdominal, pelvic, and brain CT.
It allows users to test various
scanning protocols to verify that
small low contrast lesions will be
detected. This is the only way to
be sure that a CT scanner is
seeing tumors that are known
to be present. The use of this
phantom removes any doubt as to
the limit of low contrast spherical
lesion detectability for various
scan protocols.
Applications
The phantom is designed to permit complete testing of low contrast lesion detection
when various scan or image reconstruction parameters are varied. These include:
collimation, pitch, reconstructed field of view, reconstruction algorithm, z-axis
(patients long axis) interpolators, kVp, mA, and rotation time. This lesion
detectability testing can be applied to protocols designed for imaging of the liver,
spleen, pancreas, kidneys, and adrenal glands. It can also be used for mass detection
in the brain.
Disk with embedded targets
Specifications
Note: The CT Lesion Detectability Phantom
is a tissue-equivalent test object that consists
of an 18 cm diameter right circular cylinder
with a CT value of 50 HU at 120 kVp. Within
the phantom is an 18 cm diameter, 4 cm deep
right circular void in which a soft-tissue-
equivalent disk (containing low contrast
spheres) can be placed. The cylindrical void
is in a plane containing the z-axis of the
scanner. The soft-tissue-equivalent disk also
has a background CT value of 50 HU.
Embedded within the disk are three sets of
simulated spherical lesions. One set is 5 HU
below background, a second set is 10 HU
below background, and the last set is 20 HU
below background. Each set contains one
sphere each of the following diameters: 2.4,
3.2, 4.0, 4.8, 6.3 and 9.5 mm. These
diameters were chosen to encompass the full
range of clinically significant lesions. The
disk can also be placed at the end of the
phantom when axial scanning detectability
testing is desired.
Features
Designed for use on all conventional
and spiral (helical) CT scanners
Compact, rugged
Features three cylindrical reference
plugs made of the same material as the
spherical lesions
Valid for x-ray energies from80 to
140 kVp
Background Hounsfield Units (HU)
approximate liver tissue
Contains clinically-relevant sphere
sizes of 2.4, 3.2, 4.0, 4.8, 6.3 and
9.5 mm in diameter
Spheres are 5, 10, and 20 HU below
background HU
Carrying case is designed for use as a
phantom support during scanning
procedure
Low-contrast sphere diameters 2.4, 3.2,
4.0, 4.8, 6.3 and 9.5 mm
Disk dimensions 18 cm x 4 cm thick
Phantom dimensions 20 cm long x 18 cm
Available model(s)
76-409 Spiral/Helical CT Lesion
Detectability Phantom
AAPM CT Performance
Phantom
Model 76-410-4130
Meets guidelines in AAPM Report
No. 1 for Performance Evaluation
and QC of CT Scanners
Single system measures nine
performance parameters
Introduction
The increasing use of computed tomography (CT) as a diagnostic tool creates the
need for an efficient means of evaluating the performance of the CT scanners now in
use. Recognizing this requirement, the American Association of Physicists in
Medicine established the AAPM Task Force on CT Scanner Phantoms. Its goals are
to define CT scanner performance and present practical methods of performance
testing through the utilization of special phantoms. This phantom design is based on
the guidelines presented in Report #1 of the Task Force and approved by the AAPM.
Applications
The modular AAPM CT Performance Phantom offers the CT user a single system
with which to measure nine performance parameters. This phantom permits the
routine standardization of alignment, beam width, spatial uniformity, linearity/
contrast, spatial resolution, linespread, noise, size independence, and absorbed dose.
All components of the phantom are housed in a compact, transparent tank which
holds the system together in the correct orientation.
The phantom consists of an 8.50 inch diameter acrylic tank containing a beam-width
insert, a spatial resolution and linespread block, a high-contrast insert, and a means
for inserting alignment pins and/or TLD holders. Additionally, a 0.25 inch thick
Teflon
band, positioned at the base of the tank and concentric to the 8 inch internal
diameter, simulates human bone. Attached to the base of the tank is a low-contrast
section with resealable cavities (from 1 to 0.125 inch diameter) which can be filled
with a diluted dextrose or other appropriate solution to provide a low-contrast media.
The optional external resolution and noise ring slides snugly over the outside
diameter of the tank, allowing whole-body scanner systems to be evaluated.
Features
This ONE phantom evaluates:
Noise
Spatial resolution
Sensitivity (low contrast resolution)
Absorbed dose
Size dependence
Contrast scale
Slice thickness
Alignment
Linearity
Beamwidth
Specifications
Watertank Made of acrylic, 8.50 inch OD x 8 inch ID x 12.75
inch long. Resealable with fill and drain ports. Low-contrast
detectability block is attached to base
Linearity and contrast insert 7.50 inch OD x 2.50 inch long.
Contains 1 inch diameter contrast pins of polyethylene, acrylic,
polycarbonate, polystyrene and nylon. Density values:
polyethylene, 0.95 gm/cc; polystyrene, 1.05 gm/cc; nylon, 1.10
gm/cc; acrylic, 1.19 gm/cc; polycarbonate, 1.20 gm/cc
Note: The contrast pins in each AAPM CT Performance Phantom
are identical in density to the contrast pins of similar material in
every other Nuclear Associates CT Phantom. For example, the
nylon pin in every CT Phantom we manufacture has the same
density.
This uniform density among all Nuclear Associates phantoms
provides the user with a standard for comparing the
performance of different scanners
Resolution insert 7.50 inch OD x 2.50 inch long with 6 inch
diameter solid acrylic block. In the Model 76-410-4130, the
block has eight sets of five holes: 1.75, 1.5, 1.25, 1.00, .75,
0.61, 0.5, and 0.4 mm round. In the Model 76-410-4132, the
block has nine sets of five holes: 1.75, 1.5, 1.25, 1.00, .75,
0.61, 0.5, 0.4, and 0.2 mm round. In both phantom inserts, the
holes are spaced longitudinally on 5 mm centers and vertically
on centers equal to twice the hole width. All cavities are filled
with air. The 6 inch block is sectored 1.25 inch out on radius.
The insert contains 0.014 inch stainless steel wire positioned
longitudinally to the insert plates. The wire allows simple
computation of linespread functions. A sectored 1.25 inch
portion of the main 6 inch block permits an edge gradient to be
measured
Beam width insert 7.50 inch OD x 3.50 inch long. Contains
three 0.020 x 1.00 inch aluminum strips angled at 45,
positioned on the center line and displayed vertically. A simple,
direct calculation permits the accurate measurement of beam
width. Adjacency is determined merely by a double exposure
of two adjacent frames
Low-contrast extension 8.50 inch OD x 2.75 inch long solid
acrylic block. Has two each of the following 2.25 inch deep
cavities: 1, 0.75, 0.50, 0.375, 0.25, and 0.125 inch diameter,
spaced twice the appropriate diameter apart, one row of
cavities on each side of the center line. Cavities with screw-
locking sealing ports are easily filled with dextrose or sodium
chloride solutions of various densities. The user may adjust
densities to any value suitable for the scanner. Typically, 2% or
3% differentials in density between cavities are used
Alignment pin 0.25 inch OD x 3 inch long aluminum with
tapped hole, allowing pin to be secured to cover plate
TLD insert 0.50 inch OD x 3.50 inch long polystyrene rod
drilled 3 inch deep to accept TLD inserts. Resealable cavity.
Tapped on other end to allow mounting to cover plate
External (whole-body) resolution and noise ring (Model
76-411) Annulus 12 inch OD x 8.50 inch ID x 2.50 inch long
contains the same hole pattern as the Resolution Insert, at two
locations 90 apart. Permits whole-body resolution and noise
measurements when positioned on the main tank. Inner and
outer resolution values are easily determined
CT-SSP insert (Model 76-412) The CT-SSP (Slice Sensitivity
Profile) Point Response Phantom can be used as a stand-alone
phantom or as an insert with the AAPM CT Performance
Phantom. The AAPM CT Performance Phantom meets the
guidelines in AAPM Report #1 for Performance Evaluation
and QC of CT Scanners. The AAPM CT Performance
Phantom is described in the report by the AAPM Task Force
on CT Scanner Phantoms. The acrylic and closed-cell foam
ball bearing size is 0.010 inch, diameter is 7.50 inch, width is
3.50 inch, and weight is 0.825 lb.
Low-Contrast CT Resolution Insert (Model 76-421) The
insert consists of an almost-water-equivalent plastic disc, 201
mm x 25 mm thick, protected on both sides by clear plastic.
The resolution targets are a series of water-filled holes from 2.5
to 7.5 mm in , in 0.5 mm steps. For each target size, the
center-to-center distance between holes is twice the hole
diameter to ensure meaningful resolution testing. The inserts
25 mm thickness eliminates alignment problems. Dimensions
are 201.6 cm x 32.5 cm thick. Weight is 1 lb.
Dimensions 8.50 in x 15.50 in (d) (21.59 x 39.37 cm)
External (Whole-Body) Resolution and Noise Ring
(Model 76-411)
CT-SSP Point Response Phantom (Model 76-412)
Low-Contrast CT Resolution Insert (Model 76-421)
Available model(s)
76-410-4130 AAPM CT Performance Phantom with Resolution
Insert (to 0.4 mm)
76-410-4132 AAPM CT Performance Phantom with Resolution
Insert (to 0.2 mm)
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Teflon is aregistered trademark of E. I. Du Pont de
Nemours and Company. Printed in USA.
76-410-4130-ds rev 4 27 feb 05
CT Dose Phantom Kit for
Pediatric/Adult Head and Body
Model 76-419-4150
Specically designed for pediatric
and adult computed tomography
dose index (CTDI)
Can be used with new multi-detector
(MDCT) units
Meets requirements of FDA
performance standards
All new carrying case with wheels
and pull handle
Introduction
These phantoms can be used with any computed tomography (CT) system designed
to image pediatric and adult head and body. They can separate dose information for
each. When performing dose prole measurements, the dose phantoms allow the
user to collect information for the maximum, minimum and mid-range value of the
nominal tomographic section thickness.
This essential phantom kit consists of three parts: an adult body phantom, an adult
head phantom that doubles as a pediatric body phantom and the new pediatric head
phantom. (All are made of solid acrylic, 15 cm thick, with diameters of 32, 16 and
10 cm, respectively.) Each part contains ve probe holes, one in the center and four
around the perimeter, 90 apart and 1 cm from the edge. The inside diameter of the
holes is 1.31 cm. Each part includes ve acrylic rods for plugging all the holes in
the phantom. A sturdy storage and carrying case that holds all three phantoms is
available as an option and includes wheels and a pull handle.
Applications
The CT Dose Phantoms were designed in accordance with the Food and Drug
Administrations performance standard for diagnostic x-ray systems, which includes
regulations specically applicable to CT systems (21 CFR 1020.33).
Specications
Weight
Body phantom 32 lb (14.5 kg)
Head phantom 8 lb (3.6 kg)
Pediatric head phantom 2.85 lb (1.3 kg)
89-419 Carrying Case with wheels and
pull handle for CT Dose Phantom Kit for
89-414 Carrying Case for CT Dose Phantom
Kit for Adult Head and Body
For ion chamber selection, see next page.
Available model(s)
76-419-4150 CT Dose Phantom Kit for
Pediatric/Adult Head and Body including
carrying case with wheels and pull handle
76-414-4150 CT Dose Phantom Kit for Adult
Head and Body including carrying case
76-419 CT Pediatric Head Dose Phantom
with ve plugs
76-414 CT Head Dose Phantomwith ve plugs
76-415 CT Body Dose Phantomwith ve plugs
For more information or to receive our full product catalog, contact Fluke Biomedical at
440.248.9300 or www.ukebiomedical.com/rms.
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Victoreen, TRIAD and RAD-CHECK aretrademarks of
FlukeCorporatioin. Printed in USA.
76-419-4150-ds rev 3 31 jan 06
Specications for 3.2 cc
Detector type Vented air ion
chamber
Volume 3.2 cc
Sensitive length 10.0 cm
Chamber material
Polystyrene
Chamber inside diameter
6.4 mm
Chamber wall thickness
54 mg/cm
2
Electrode material Aluminum
Sensitivity 10 Rcm/nC (nominal)
Standard calibration 100 kVCP, 5.5 mm Al HVL (NIST Tech. M100)
Response uniformity along axis 3% over central 90% of active length
Beam orientation Normal to chamber axis
Phantom adapter OD 1.27 0.04 cm (0.50 0.015 in)
Leakage current (300 V collection potential) Less than 1013 A at
10 min polarization time, less than 1014 A at 2 hr polarization time
Intensity limits Continuous beam: 4.86 kR/min (1% recombination loss)
Pulsed beam 51.5 mR/pulse (1% recombination loss)
CT Ion Chambers
Available model(s)
660-6 CT Ion Chamber, 3.2 cm
3
, with UHF termination: used with
Victoreen
Model 660 Electrometer

3
, with triax BNC: used with Model
35040 (ATD), TRIAD and TRIAD TnT
500-200 CT Ion Chamber High Sensitivity, 10 cm
3
for multislice CT,
with triax BNC: used with Model 35040 ATD and other electrometer/
dosimeters, including TRIAD and TRIAD TnT
3
, with coax BNC for signal &
banana plug for bias: used with Victoreen Models 4000, 6000, 8000
and RAD-CHECK
PLUS
Specications for 10 cc high sensitivity
chamber
Volume 10.1 cc
Chamber material Acrylic
(PMMA)
Chamber outside diameter
0.5 in 0.015 in
(12.7 mm 0.4 mm)
0.45 in (11.44 mm)
Chamber wall thickness 77 mg/cm
2
Electrode material Aluminum, 1100
Sensitivity 3.2 Rcm/nC (nominal) or 0.3/nC
Standard calibration 100 kVCP, 5.5 mmAl HVL (NIST Tech. M100)
Leakage current (300 V collection potential) Less than 10
-14
A at
10 min polarization time
Typical energy dependence for 3.2 cc ion chamber
(phantom adapter removed)
Typical energy dependence for 10 cc high sensitivity ion chamber
Intensity limits Continuous beam: 31.6 R/sec, (1% recombination loss)
Collection time 0.478 mSec
Cable length 3 ft (0.9 m)
Operating voltage - 300 V
Maximum pulse repetition rate 3.3 kHz
3
, for multislice
CT, with coax BNC for signal & banana plug for bias: used with
Victoreen Models 4000, 6000, 8000 and RAD-CHECK PLUS
Energy Response
(PhantomAdapter Removed)
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
e
d

/

A
c
t
u
a
l
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1
HVL (mm Al)
10
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Luciteis aregistered
trademark of ICI Acrylics, Inc. Plastic Water is atrademark of
Computerized Imaging ReferenceSystems, Inc. Teflon is atrademark
of E. I. Du Pont deNemours and Company. Printed in USA.
76-430-ds rev 3 27 feb 05
Mini CT QC Phantom
Model 76-430
Lightweight, compact, and
extremely portable
Ideal for field service use
Used with any CT scanner, for
measurement and analysis of all
major CT scanner functions and
radiation dose
Makes inhomogeneity corrections in
radiation oncology
Accurately evaluates:
Laser beam alignment
Slice thickness, spacing, and
contiguity
Table movement
CT numbers and noise level
CT number uniformity
Relative radiation dose
Video monitor and image processing
equipment
Scout and axial scan
correspondence
High contrast resolution
Low contrast resolution (with
optional insert)
Introduction
This highly versatile
phantom is designed for
routine monitoring of the
consistency of all the major
parameters of computed
tomography (CT) image
quality and radiation dose.
Its unique, compact design
allows for unparalleled
portability, easy set up and
reliable parameter
determinations. It is perfect
for use by physicists,
technologists and service
engineers.
Applications
The disc section consists of a 1 inch thick Lucite
disc with a 6 inch diameter. The six

large holes are for the placement of inserts for evaluation of CT number consistency and
evaluation of image resolution. The four small holes are for inserting an ion chamber at
different locations within the phantom. Lucite inserts are provided to fill the four small
holes, when necessary. The disc section is attached to a rectangular acrylic bar
containing a thin copper wire embedded along a central groove. This section of the
phantom is used to evaluate laser beam alignment and accuracy of slice thickness, slice
spacing, slice contiguity, and pilot scan to transverse (longitudinal) scan correspondence.
This is achieved by exposing a non-screen film (such as Flex Film Cassettes, listed
below) placed underneath the phantom, and making several cuts while the phantom is
advanced along the gantry in a pre-programmed manner.
Specifications
Dimensions 6 inch , 1 inch thick, with six
1.125 inch through-holes and four 0.50 inch
through-holes
Lucite disk The Lucite disk is attached to
the side of the base by two removable nylon,
slotted screws
Inserts Phantom is supplied with seven
inserts for 1.125 inch holes; 1 each of: Plastic
Water
, bone-equivalent, polystyrene,
polycarbonate, polyethylene, nylon, and one
acrylic high-contrast resolution insert
Lucite base 11.94 inch long x 1.81 inch
wide x 0.69 inch thick, with copper wire
(approx. 0.020 inch) fixed into a 0.020 inch
deep groove centered on the base
Low Contrast Resolution Insert (Model
76-430-1000): designed for determining the
CT units ability to detect slight differences
in contrast. Two materials with very similar
CT numbers are incorporated into the low
contrast resolution insert to assess the low
contrast detection capability of the unit
Teflon
and Lung Inserts (Models

76-430-2000 and 76-430-3000): these
inserts provide the CT number and density
that are important when treatment planning
parameters are being established for
radiation therapy patients
Teflon-Bone Semi-Ring (Model 76-430-4000):
this accessory is used as a beam hardening
ring for simulating clinical conditions. The
ring has been machined to slide easily over
the phantom, so that each of the inserts will
have the effect of beam hardening
Acrylic Insert with Wire, 0.50 inch (Model
76-430-1212)
Acrylic Insert (Model 76-430-6000)
Fillable Insert (Model 76-430-7000)
Aluminum Insert (Model 76-430-8000)
Flex Film Cassette, 5 x 7 in
(Model 07-800-5007)
(Model 07-800-8010)
(Model 07-800-1012)
Available model(s)
76-430 Mini CT QC Phantom, includes
seven inserts
76-430-5555 Mini CT QC Phantom Kit,
includes phantom, seven standard inserts, all
seven optional inserts, teflon-bone semi-ring
and carrying case
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Luciteis atrademark
of ICI Acrylics, Inc. Printed in USA.
76-432-ds rev 3 27 feb 05
CT Spiral Phantom
*
Model 76-432
A supplemental phantom to the CT
Performance Phantom, described in
a report by the AAPM task force on
CT scanner phantoms
Quality of axial and spiral scanning
can be assured
Accuracy of clinical diagnosis based
on the objects size, shape and
location will be improved
Users can evaluate scanners
objectively and independently of CT
manufacturers
No film exposures and no radiation
profile measurements are necessary
All test results can be evaluated
visually by the users in their image
displays
Scanner evaluation is more realistic;
what you scan, is what you see
Features
Parameters that can be confirmed by the
phantom, based on the hole appearance
in the phantom images include:
Index parameters
Light localizer orientation
Light localizer and image slice
congruence
Slice thickness accuracy
Gantry inclination
Couch index accuracy
Ruler (angle and distance) accuracy
Performance parameters
Slice geometric uniformity
Image geometric distortion
Image slice overlap
Slice thickness change by pitch factor
and image interpolation
Noise level of imaging protocols
Introduction
The accurate indexing capability and
exceptional image quality of the
computed tomography (CT) scanners not
only guarantee the objects location and
its size and shape, but also improve the
diagnosis accuracy. The index and
performance parameters of the CT
scanners cannot be confirmed without
objects of known specifications. The CT
Spiral Phantom from Nuclear Associates
provides specific details necessary to
confirm the integrity of both
conventional and spiral scanning. What
makes the phantom unique is that it
allows the user to visually evaluate all
test results in their image displays.
Applications
The phantom consists of five Lucite
plates of different sizes, all affixed to a flat

rectangular base. Specific hole patterns are drilled on each side of these plates.
When imaging, the holes within the x-ray field will appear in the phantom images.
By the hole appearance, both index and performance parameters can be confirmed
qualitatively and quantitatively.
This versatile phantom can
be used by:
End users, to:
Set up baseline standards for future
reference
Verify scanner performance in the
acceptance test
Assist in routine equipment quality
control testing
Evaluate vendor-supported imaging
protocols
Customize image parameters for
special applications
CT manufacturers, to:
Evaluate equipment hardware design
Improve imaging software
Facilitate equipment installation,
calibration, and preventive
maintenance
Research laboratories, for:
Testing image reconstruction
algorithms and interpolation
approaches
Regulatory agencies, to:
Set up the standards for CT scanners,
and measure their compliance
Specifications
Material Lucite
Plate dimensions 10 x 10 cm, 15 x 15 cm,
20 x 20 cm, 25 x 25 cm
Phantom dimensions 25 (w) x 20 (d) x 25 cm(h)
Available model(s)
76-432 CT Spiral Phantom, with Bubble
Level
Typical Spiral CT image of the CT Spiral Phantom
shows non-uniform slice geometry, based on the
hole appearance on each side of the plate
* Designed by Jung T. Ho, Ph.D., Department of
Radiology, LAC+USC Medical Center, Los
Angelos, California 90033.
84-357-ds rev 3 27 feb 05
Interventional Triple-Modality
3D Abdominal Phantom
Mimics human tissue for MRI,
ultrasound and CT
Designed for training, quality control
and demonstrating scan techniques
Needle not included
Introduction
This anthropomorphic phantom is made from proprietary materials which accurately
mimic human tissues under magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), ultrasound, and
computed tomography (CT). It is designed for image-guided interventional
procedures.
Applications
The phantom contains simulated lungs, liver, hepatic vessels, ribs, vertebra, kidneys,
abdominal aorta, inferior vena cava, muscle fat and interstitial tissues. Embedded
within the lung and liver are simulated lesions available in a range of sizes and
relative contrasts.
Each phantom is protected by a fat-equivalent urethane membrane and ABS
end-caps. These features make the phantom durable enough for extended scanning
sessions and enable insertion of various surgical instruments, as needed.
Features
Improve performance of freehand
abdominal biopsies
Test new equipment
Validate automated biopsy systems
Demonstrate CT, ultrasound and MRI
scan techniques
Optimize imaging protocols
Specifications
Material Zerdine
*, urethane, epoxy, and ABS

Dimensions 28 (w) x 12.5 (d) x 20 cm (h)
Available model(s)
84-357 Interventional Triple-Modality 3D Abdominal Phantom
* US Patent No. 5196343.
Nested CT Dose Phantom Kit for
Model 76-424-4156
Introduction
The innovative nested CT Dose
Phantom can be used with any
computed tomography (CT) system
designed to image pediatric and
adult head and body. Each phantom
segment can provide separate dose
information. When performing
dose prole measurements, the
dose phantoms allow the user to collect information for the maximum, minimum and
mid-range value of the nominal tomographic section thickness.
This essential phantom kit consists of three parts: an adult body phantom, an adult
head phantom that doubles as a pediatric body phantom and the new pediatric head
phantom, nested together for easy storage and convenient transport. (All are made of
solid acrylic with diameters of 32, 16 and 10 cm, respectively.) Each part contains four
probe holes around the perimeter, 90 apart and 1 cm from the edge and the pediatric
head (center insert) has one probe hole in its center. The inside diameter of the holes is
1.31 cm. Each part includes ve acrylic rods for plugging all the holes in the phantom.
A sturdy storage and carrying case with wheels and pull handle that holds all three
phantoms is included; as an option, a smaller case without wheels is available.
Applications
The CT Dose Phantoms were designed in accordance with the Food and Drug
Administrations performance standard for diagnostic x-ray systems, which includes
regulations specically applicable to CT systems (21 CFR 1020.33).
Uniquely designed for pediatric and
adult computed tomography dose
index (CTDI) in a lightweight
(44 lb, 20 kg) total package
Can be used with new multi-detector
(MDCT) units
Meets requirements of FDA
performance standards
All new carrying case with wheels
and pull handle
Case includes space for CT Ion
Chambers (purchased separately)
Specications
Weight
Adult body phantom 25 lb (11.3 kg)
Adult head/pediatric body phantom
5 lb (2.3 kg)
Pediatric head phantom 3 lb (1.3 kg)
3 nested phantoms 33 lb (15 kg)
Dimensions
Adult body phantom 15.5 cm long x 32 cm
Adult head/pediatric body phantom
15.5 cm long x 16 cm
Pediatric head phantom 15 cm long x 10 cm
Available model(s)
76-424-4156 Nested CT Dose Phantom Kit
for Pediatric/Adult Head and Body including
76-424-4150 Nested CT Dose Phantom Kit
for Pediatric/Adult Head and Body including
carrying case without wheels and pull handle
Other CT Dose Phantoms available
76-419-4150 CT Dose Phantom Kit for
Pediatric/Adult Head and Body including
76-419 CT Pediatric Head Dose Phantom
with ve plugs
76-414 CT Head Dose Phantomwith ve plugs
76-415 CT Body Dose Phantomwith ve plugs
For ion chamber selection, see next page.
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Victoreen, TRIAD and RAD-CHECK aretrademarks of
FlukeCorporatioin. Printed in USA.
76-424-4156-ds rev 3 30 jan 06
Specications for 3.2 cc
chamber
Volume 3.2 cc
Chamber material
Polystyrene
6.4 mm
Chamber wall thickness
54 mg/cm
2
Electrode material Aluminum
Sensitivity 10 Rcm/nC (nominal)
Standard calibration 100 kVCP, 5.5 mm Al HVL (NIST Tech. M100)
Phantom adapter OD 1.27 0.04 cm (0.50 0.015 in)
Leakage current (300 V collection potential) Less than 1013 A at
10 min polarization time, less than 1014 A at 2 hr polarization time
Intensity limits Continuous beam: 4.86 kR/min (1% recombination loss)
CT Ion Chambers
Available model(s)
3
, with UHF termination: used with
Victoreen
Model 660 Electrometer

3
, with triax BNC: used with Model
35040 (ATD), TRIAD and TRIAD TnT
3
for multislice CT,
with triax BNC: used with Model 35040 ATD and other electrometer/
dosimeters, including TRIAD and TRIAD TnT
3
, with coax BNC for signal &
banana plug for bias: used with Victoreen Models 4000, 6000, 8000
and RAD-CHECK
PLUS
Specications for 10 cc high sensitivity
chamber
Volume 10.1 cc
Chamber material Acrylic
(PMMA)
Chamber outside diameter
0.5 in 0.015 in
(12.7 mm 0.4 mm)
0.45 in (11.44 mm)
Chamber wall thickness 77 mg/cm
2
Electrode material Aluminum, 1100
Sensitivity 3.2 Rcm/nC (nominal) or 0.3/nC
Standard calibration 100 kVCP, 5.5 mmAl HVL (NIST Tech. M100)
Leakage current (300 V collection potential) Less than 10
-14
A at
10 min polarization time
Typical energy dependence for 3.2 cc ion chamber
(phantom adapter removed)
Typical energy dependence for 10 cc high sensitivity ion chamber
Intensity limits Continuous beam: 31.6 R/sec, (1% recombination loss)
Collection time 0.478 mSec
Maximum pulse repetition rate 3.3 kHz
3
, for multislice
CT, with coax BNC for signal & banana plug for bias: used with
Victoreen Models 4000, 6000, 8000 and RAD-CHECK PLUS
Energy Response
(PhantomAdapter Removed)
I
n
d
i
c
a
t
e
d

/

A
c
t
u
a
l
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1
HVL (mm Al)
10
MRI Multipurpose Phantom
*
Provides a comprehensive
range of tests in one compact
unit...
Slice thickness
MTF evaluation
Spatial resolution
RF signal uniformity
Magnetic field homogeneity
And many others
* Developed by Seong Ki Mun, Ph.D., Department of Radiology, Georgetown
University Hospital, Washington, DC.
Specifications
Standard configuration
The MRI Multipurpose Phantom monitors the overall performance
of an MRI system. The parameters that can be measured include:
slice thickness, slice orientation, interslice gap, magnetic field
homogeneity, radio frequency signal uniformity, spatial resolution
in positive and negative contrast, and modulation transfer function.
The phantom can also be used to evaluate quadrature setting,
baseline correction, aspect ratio, and single T
1
and T
2
values.
The phantom is constructed of non-magnetic materials. It is 9
inches in diameter, with two inserts, and is designed to be filled
with an MRI signal-producing solution. One insert is a series of
concentric conic sections. The other insert is made up of five
sections: one for positive contrast, two for slice evaluation, one for
MTF evaluation, one for T
1
and T
2
evaluations.
A void between the sections provides a fully flooded area for
signal uniformity.
Conic section insert
Five-section insert
76-903-ds rev 2 27 feb 05
Phantom dimensions OD is 9 x 4.5 in (t)
Copper Sulfate, 1 gm/l (Model 76-903-7000)
Available model(s)
76-903 MRI Multipurpose Phantom
Folded step ramps Star pattern
Slice thickness
Slice orientation
Interslice gap
MTF evaluation
Horizontal & vertical spatial resolution
Quadrature setting
Baseline correction
Step Interval 1 mm
Range 36 mm
Wedge angle 3
Number of wedges 20
Fan angle 60
Wedge length 60 mm
Height 30 mm
T
1
and T
2
solution insert High-resolution hole pattern
Six 5 cc refillable glass vials with caps
15 mm x 47 mm(h)
Four holes 2.0 x 2.0 mm, 1.0 x 1.0 mm,
0.75 x 0.75 mm, 0.5 x 0.5 mm
Hole depth 9 mm
Flood section Concentric conic section
Diameter 9 in
Depth 1.25 in
Outside diameter 8 in
Number of segments 4
A wide range of tests are provided
by individual phantom sections
Sections
Segments
provided
Folded step ramps two 60
Star pattern one 120
T1, T2 solution insert one 60
High-resolution hole pattern one 60
Flood section one 360
Concentric conic section one 360
MRI Surface Coil Phantom
*
Specifically designed for
comprehensive testing of surface
coils
Provides proper geometry not found
in conventional head or body
phantoms
The use of surface coils in Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
has become an important part of the clinical operations in most
MR facilities. Surface coils are preferred in some MR studies, in
part, because their use can minimize motion artifacts, obtain high
signal-to-noise ratio in the areas closer to the surface, and obtain
high resolution images of smaller areas of interest.
This phantom was specifically designed for acceptance testing and
routine QC of surface coils. It provides the proper geometry not
found in conventional head or body phantoms.
The phantom is constructed of non-magnetic Plexiglas
. It is
rectangular in shape, contains three inserts, and is designed to be
filled with an MRI signal-producing solution. The void between
the inserts provides a fully flooded area.
Specifications
Outer dimensions 13 (w) x 6 (d) x 6.875 in (h) (33.02 x 15.24 x 17.46 cm)
Inner dimensions 12 (w) x 5 (d) x 6 in (h) (30.49 x 12.7 x 15.24 cm)
Available model(s)
76-904 MRI Surface Coil Phantom
* Developed by Seong Ki Mun, Ph.D., Department of Radiology, Georgetown
University Hospital, Washington, DC.
Star pattern insert
Square grid insert
Five-section insert
Accurately
evaluates:
High spatial resolution
RF signal brightness
profile
Slice thickness
Slice to slice gap
MTF evaluation
Magnetic field
uniformity
Gradient linearity
Image artifacts
And more!
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Plexiglas is atrademark of Rohmand Haas Company. Printed
in USA.
76-904-ds rev 2 27 feb 05
High-resolution hole pattern Star pattern
Qualitative MTF evaluation
Resolution
Asymmetric resolution
Image artifacts
Five holes 2.0 x 2.0 mm
Seven holes 1.0 x 1.0 mm
Nine holes 0.75 x 0.75 mm
Eleven holes 0.5 x 0.5 mm
Hole depth 9 mm
Thirty 3 wedges (60 x 30 mm) covering a
180 fan shape. 0.785 mmgap at narrow
end, 3.0 mmgap on wide end
Folded step ramps Square grid
Slice thickness, profile
Interslice gap
Slice orientation evaluation
RF intensity profile
Magnetic field uniformity
Gradient linearity
Aspect ratio
Step Interval 1 mm
Range 30 mm
Step Size 10 x 10 mm
Dimensions 0.50 x 0.50 gird of 12 x 6 x
0.375 in thick
Matching pair of ramps Flood section
Precision slice definition evaluation
RF signal uniformity
Single T1 and T2 values
160 mmrun, 40 mmrise
(4:1 ratio). 0.50 in thick
Dimensions 12 (w) x 5 (d) x 6 in (h)
Individual phantom inserts and sections
permit a wide range of tests
MR 3D Slice Thickenss/High Contrast
Resolution Phantom (AAPM)
Model 76-908
For more information or to receive our full product catalog,
contact Fluke Biomedical at 440.248.9300 or
www.ukebiomedical.com/rms.
76-908-ds rev 3 13 feb 06
High-contrast resolution
Slice thickness
Gradient strength
Slice position/separation
Resonance frequency
Designed to conform to AAPM MRI
specications*
* These phantoms conform to the AAPM Specications contained in the report: Quality Assurance Methods
and Phantoms for Magnetic Resonance Imaging, issued by the AAPM NMR Task Group No. 1 (article
appeared in Medical Physics, 17:2 (Mar/Apr 1990). This report has also been co-sponsored by the American
College of Radiology MR Committee on Imaging Technology and Equipment.
MR Uniformity/Linearity Phantom (AAPM)
Model 76-907
This large, at ood phantom can be lled
with an MR signal-producing solution. The
orthogonal array holes contain orientation
reference markers, and the ood section has
an image artifact cylinder.
Specications
Dimensions 13 x 13 x 4 in (33.02 x 33.02 x 10.16 cm)
Available model(s)
76-907 Uniformity/Linearity Phantom
(AAPM)
Various sections are arranged within
a cubical shape to make the phantom
truly three-dimensional. It contains slice
thickness measuring sections, and a void
between the inserts to allow for a signal-
producing solution. Slice thickness and
resolution information can be obtained in
all three directions (transaxial, coronal, and
sagittal) without moving the phantom.
Resolution section
Six sections
Square holes: 0.5, 0.75, 1.0 and 2.0 mm
Hole depth: 0.50 in
Slice thickness
1 or 2 mmgap
Slice position/
separation
Gradient strength
Slice thickness
ramp section
Four sections
2 with 1 mmgap
2 with 2 mmgap
Phantom conguration
Specications
Dimensions 6 x 6 x 5 in (15.24 x 15.24 x 12.70 cm)
Available model(s)
76-908 3D Slice Thickness/High Contrast
Resolution Phantom (AAPM)
Spatial linearity
Image artifact
Signal-to-noise
Resonance frequency
Quadrature error
Designed to conform to AAPM MRI
specications*
84-317-ds rev 2 13 jun 05
Multipurpose Tissue/Cyst
Ultrasound Phantom
Nuclear Associates Model 84-317 Complies with the AIUM standard
for quality assurance
The best-performing phantom in the
industry, for evaluating system and
transducer performance
Includes cyst-like and solid structures
in various sizes
Simulates liver tissue scattering and
attenuation
Now available with 0.5 or 0.7 dB/cm/
MHz attenuation coefficients
Provides resolution targets at several
depths
Compatible with all types of imaging
equipment, including small parts
scanners
Withstands extreme temperatures,
making it ideal for service and
quality control use
Three large scanning surfaces
Introduction
The Multipurpose Tissue/Cyst
Ultrasound Phantom (Model 84-317)
helps provide both quantitative and
qualitative information on the
performance of all diagnostic
ultrasound imaging systems. When
used on a regular basis, it promotes
uniform system performance, better
patient data, and more productive
work schedules. Imaging equipment
can be evaluated for axial and lateral
resolution, vertical and horizontal
distance calibration and linearity, and
ring down.
This updated and improved phantom
is filled with Zerdine
, a solid-elastic, water-based polymer that exhibits echogenic

patterns similar to those encountered in human liver parenchyma. Unlike other
phantom materials, Zerdine is elastic and is not damaged by heavier scanning
pressures. It is also highly-resistant to damage by extreme temperatures.
Specifications
Phantom body
Phantom material Zerdine*; solid-elastic
water-based polymer
Freezing point 0C
Melting point Above 100C
Storage temperature 32 to 150F
(0 to 66C)
Speed of sound 1540 m/s 6 m/s
Attenuation coefficient 0.5 dB/cm/MHz or
0.7 dB/cm/MHz
Scatter Mimics healthy liver parenchyma
Positional tolerance of wires
(monofilaments) Stated distance 0.10 mm
Diameter of cylindrical targets Stated
Diameter 5%
Base material Cork
Phantom dimensions 7.87 (w) x 8.26 (h) x
3.15 in (t) (20 x 21 x 8 cm)
Optional scanning trough
For scanning with a liquid coupling agent
(water or coupling oil)
Optional carrying case
This insulated case is large enough to hold
the phantom and trough and also protects the
phantom from extreme heat or cold
Optional acoustic standoffs
A fast, easy, accurate way to bring the focal
zone closer to the surface, for enhanced
diagnostic detail during ultrasound
examinations
Material Sonolucent gel
Dimensions 10 x 15 cm
Scanning Trough (Model 84-318): for Oil
and Water
Carrying Case (Model 89-317): insulated for
phantom and trough
Acoustic Standoff, 1.0 cm (Model 84-325-1000)
Acoustic Standoff, 4.0 cm (Model 84-325)
Acoustic Standoff Set, includes all four:
1, 2, 3 and 4 cm (Model 84-325-1234)
Available model(s)
84-317 Multipurpose Tissue/Cyst Ultrasound
Phantom, 0.5 dB/cm/MHz
84-317-7000 Multipurpose Tissue/Cyst
Ultrasound Phantom, 0.7 dB/cm/MHz
84-314 Multipurpose Tissue/Cyst Ultrasound
Phantom Kit, consists of phantom (either 0.5
dB/cm/MHz or 0.7 dB/cm/MHz), scanning
trough, carrying case, and the AIUM Quality
Assurance Manual
84-340-ds rev 2 27 feb 05
General Purpose Multi-Tissue
Ultrasound Phantom
Complies with the AIUM Standard
for Quality Assurance
Simulates characteristics found in
human liver tissue
Ensures patients safety and
doctors confidence
Perfect for QC/service use since
phantom is not affected by changes
in temperature
Promotes uniform system
performance for all types of
imaging equipment, including small
parts scanners
Supplied with insulated, rugged
storage/carrying case
Quick scanning can be performed
without removing phantom from
the airtight case
Introduction
The Model 84-340 General Purpose
Multi-tissue Ultrasound Phantom is
constructed from a patented solid elastic
material called Zerdine
. Unlike other
phantom materials, it is not affected by
changes in temperature. It can be
subjected to boiling or freezing
conditions without sustaining significant
damage. It is also more elastic than
other materials and allows more
pressure to be applied to the scanning
surface without subsequent damage to
the material.
Applications
At normal room temperature, Zerdine will accurately simulate the ultrasound
characteristics found in human liver tissue. It contains dense and cystic masses in a
range of sizes, one high-density target, and an assortment of nylon monofilament
target groups. It was designed to allow for assessment of linearity, axial and lateral
resolution, depth calibration, dead zone measurement, and registration within two
different backgrounds of 0.5 and 0.7 dB/cm/MHz. The phantom is protected by an
acrylic case and plastic membrane to facilitate scanning and minimize desiccation.
Specifications
Material Zerdine*
Type Solid elastic water-based polymer
Freezing point 0C
Attenuation coefficient 0.5 dB/cm/MHz;
0.7 dB/cm/MHz
Speed of sound 1540 m/s
Scanning well 1 cm deep
Scanning membrane Saran
Targets
Material Monofilament nylon wire
Diameter 0.1 mm
Vertical plane target
Number of groups 1
Number of targets 7
Depth range 9 cm
Spacing 2 cm
Horizontal plane target
Number of groups 1
Number of targets 7
Depth range 9 cm
Spacing 2 cm
Resolution targets
Number of arrays 3
Depths 3 and 10 cm
Axial intervals 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 mm
Horizontal intervals 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 mm
Low contrast targets
Number of targets 4
Diameter of targets 2, 4, 6 and 8 mm
Depth of targets 2, 4, 6 and 8 cm
Contrast of targets - 15 dB relative to
background
High contrast targets
Number of targets 4
Diameter of targets 2, 4, 6 and 8 mm
Depth of targets 2, 4, 6 and 8 cm
Contrast of targets 15 dB relative to
background
Phantom dimensions 7.08 x 5.9 in
(18 x 15 cm)
Weight 17 lb with case (7.73 kg)
Available model(s)
84-340 General Purpose Multi-tissue
Ultrasound Phantom
Tolerances
Distance between any two wires equals stated
0.38 mm
Cylinder diameters equal state 5%
Accuracy of measured parameters
Speed of sound equals stated 3.0 m/s
Attenuation coefficient equals stated
0.02 dB/cm/MHz
Temperature at time of measurement
Recorded on certification document
84-342-ds rev 2 15 jun 05
General Purpose Urethane
Ultrasound Phantom
Features three scan-surfaces
Complies with the AIUM standard
for quality assurance
Rugged, durable
Ideal for service use
Performs a wide variety of tests
needed to meet AIUM and ACR
ultrasound QC guidelines
Includes an in-house certification
traceable to NIST standards
Diagram showing internal targets
The General Purpose
Urethane Ultrasound
Phantom offers a reliable
medium which contains
specific, known test
objects, making it more
accurate than random
scannable materials. The
phantom enables
repeatable, qualitative
assessment of ultrasound
scanner performance
over time. The phantom
is constructed from a
proprietary urethane
matrix, housed within a
rigid PVC container with three separate scanning windows. It allows for depth of
penetration, uniformity, distance calibration, resolution and lesion detectability
assessment. The three scanning surfaces also provide the user with the ultimate in
versatility, simplicity and ease of use. The scanning wells permit either water or gel to
be used as an acoustic coupling agent.
Specifications
Phantom material Proprietary urethane
matrix
Attenuation coefficient 0.50 dB/cm/MHz
0.05 dB/cm/MHz at 5.0 MHz
Speed of sound 1430 m/s 10 m/s at 20C
Scanning surfaces
Number 3
Depth of scanning wells 2 cm
Housing material White PVC
Vertical plane targets
Number of groups 1
Number of targets per group 10
Depth of visualization 1 and 19 cm
Visualized spacing 20.0 0.38 mm
Material Nylon monofilament, 0.10 mm
Horizontal plane targets (Note: This target
group is also the Vertical Plane Target
Group)
Number of groups 1
Depth of visualization 3 and 10 cm
Visualized spacing 20.0 0.35 mm
Axial resolution targets
Number of groups 2
Depths of visualization 2, 5, 8 and 11 cm
Axial resolution test range 0.50, 1.0 to
5.0 mm, in 1.00 mm increments
Lateral resolution targets
Number of groups 2
Depths of visualization 2, 5, 8 and 11 cm
Lateral resolution test range 1.00 to
5.00 mm, in 1.00 mm increments
Material Nylon monofilament, 0.10
Anechoic targets
Number of targets 2
Diameter 8 to 2 mm, in 2 mm increments
Depths of visualization 2, 5, 8, 11, 13 and
16 cm
Phantom dimensions 17 x 25.5 x 7 cm thick
Available model(s)
84-342 General Purpose Urethane Ultrasound
Phantom, includes carrying case
84-350-ds rev 2 27 feb 05
Near Field Ultrasound
Phantom
Complies with the AIUM Standard
for Quality Assurance
Simulates characteristics found in
human breast tissue
Monitors image quality for all high
resolution scanners
Embedded monofilament target
groups maximize imaging
capabilities
Perfect for QC/service use, since
phantom is not affected by changes
in temperature
Introduction
The Model 84-350 Near Field
Ultrasound Phantom is
constructed from a patented
solid elastic material called
Zerdine
. Unlike other phantom

materials, it is not affected by
changes in temperature. It can be
subjected to boiling or freezing
conditions without sustaining
significant damage. It is also
more elastic than other materials
and allows more pressure to be
applied to the scanning surface
without subsequent damage to
the material.
Applications
At normal room temperature, Zerdine will
accurately simulate the ultrasound
characteristics found in human breast
tissue. The phantom contains low-scatter
masses in a range of sizes and depths, a
calibrated volumetric test object, and an
assortment of nylon monofilament target
groups. It was designed to allow for
assessment of linearity, axial and lateral
resolution, depth calibration, dead zone
measurement, volumetric calibration, and
registration. The phantom is protected by
an acrylic case and plastic membrane to
facilitate scanning and minimize
desiccation.
Tolerances
Distance between any two wires equals stated
0.38 mm
Accuracy of Measured Parameters
Speed of sound equals stated 3.0 m/s
Attenuation coefficient equals stated
0.02 dB/cm/MHz
Temperature at Time of Measurement
Recorded on certification document
Specifications
Material Zerdine*
Type Solid elastic water-based polymer
Freezing point 0C
Attenuation coefficient 0.5 dB/cm/MHz
Speed of sound 1540 m/s
Scanning well 1 cm deep
Scanning membrane Polyurethane
Targets
Material Monofilament nylon wire
Diameter 0.1 mm
Vertical plane target
Depth range 8 cm
Spacing 1 cm
Resolution targets
Number of arrays 2
Depths 1.5 and 2 cm
Axial intervals 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 mm
Horizontal intervals 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 mm
Ring down target
1 to 10 mm
Volumetric test object
Calibrated asymmetric shape
Spherical cysts
Diameter 5 mm, 3 mm; random distribution
Phantom dimensions 5.9 x 3.15 in (15 x 8 cm)
Weight 12 lb with case
Available model(s)
84-350 Near Field Ultrasound Phantom
84-353-ds rev 2 28 feb 05
Prostate Phantoms for
Ultrasound-Guided
Procedures
Model 84-353 Series
Shown is Model 84-358
Ten versatile designs to choose from
The ideal training devices for
ultrasound-guided:
- Cryosurgery
- Radioactive seed implantation
- Needle biopsy
These disposable tissue-equivalent
phantoms have been developed
specifically for practicing procedures
which involve scanning the prostate with
a rectal probe.
The prostate and the structures
simulating the rectal wall, seminal
vesicles and urethra, are contained within
a 11.5 x 7.0 x 9.5 cm clear acrylic
container. A 3 mm simulated perineal
membrane enables various probes and
surgical tools to be inserted into the
prostate.
Available model(s)
84-353 Basic Prostate Phantom
84-353-5000 Basic Prostate Phantom with
embedded lesion. 0.5 cc hypoechoic unless
otherwise specified. (Ideal for needle biopsy)
84-353-8123 Basic Prostate Phantom with
removable pubic arch simulation. Ideal for
permanent seed implantation (disposable)
84-358 Basic Prostate Phantom, non-
disposable urethane
Advanced Therapy Dosimeter
Model 35040
Now with Timer Function and wider
dynamic range
Ultra long-term stability error of
approximately 0.1% per ve years
Virtually removes effects of system
leakage during measurement.
Uncorrected leakage < 10 fA over
temperature range
Eleven user-dened bias settings
from - 500 to + 500 V
Read out in C, A, R, Gy, Sv, Bq and
more
Introduction
The Model 35040 Advanced Therapy Dosimeter (ATD) is a reference grade instrument
used to measure the charge and current from ion chambers in Radiation Therapy, and
provides bias voltage for all commonly used chambers. The ATD large clear display
offers direct readings of charge, current, time, and radiation units over a wide range.
The user can customize the display for basic use or for specialized applications such
as brachytherapy. The Advanced Therapy Dosimeter exceeds the recommendations
of calibration laboratories for leakage, linearity, and stability by a wide margin. This
instrument raises the standard of Radiation Therapy measurements.
Applications
Radiation Therapy requires great accuracy in the measurement of dose and dose rate
values associated with linear accelerators and radioactive sources. The Model 35040
Advanced Therapy Dosimeter provides the long-term stability and accuracy demanded
for calibrations, quality assurance programs, and protocols in Radiation Therapy. A
unique electrometer design provides more accuracy than high meg resistor or capacitor
feedback electrometers.
The Advanced Therapy Dosimeter is fully stable within ve minutes, a fraction of
the time of conventional dosimeters. The exibility of the instrument optimizes user
efciency and saves time. In battery operation or using AC Line, the ATD measures dose
and effective exposure time in a single exposure, thus eliminating the need for multiple
exposures for
60
Co and brachytherapy measurements. Front panel controls select ion
chamber calibration factors, facilitate entry of temperature and pressure values for air
density correction, allow bias voltage selection, threshold level, timer control, and choice
of display screens. The user-customized display screens can simultaneously show dose,
exposure time, dose rate, effective exposure time, average current/rate, accumulated
charge/dose, bias voltage, leakage, and other important information that ensures the
validity of the instrument.
The customization software allows design of 16 screens that display conditions,
parameters, values and text. Up to 32 chamber factors, 11 bias voltages can be
programmed. It is PC compatible and connects via a RS-232 cable.
Features
Wide measurement range, up to 1.000 A
and 19.999 mC for HDR Brachytherapy
applications
Automatic reset and hold of measured
values between exposures
Front panel adjustment of exposure
threshold and user disable of threshold to
permit manual operation
Thirty-two ion chamber calibration
factors
Automatic power-down after user-
specied time period, when operating
from battery supply
Annunciators warn of low battery, low
bias, and operational errors
Large capacity battery provides eight
hours of continuous operation; fast
recharge in less than three hours, even
during operation
AC line operation over the range 100
to 240 VAC and 47 to 63 Hz without
operator intervention
Charge and current calibration factors
entered by calibration laboratories at
users option
Front and rear panel ion chamber
connections
Optional carrying case (Model 37780)
Radiation Oncology ON
Front Panel Features
Power On/Off key All front panel settings are stored at power-
down and recalled at power-up
Test Function key Sequence of screens to display rmware
revision, last calibration date, leakage and current, bias voltage
and battery voltage level, and charge and current calibration
factors, and times settings
Detector Select key User selection of one of 32 user-
programmed ion chamber calibration factors with descriptive
text, units, and calibration factors
Air Density key User entry of ambient temperature and
pressure; displays calculated air density corrections; symbol
appears on screen when air density correction is active
Units Select key User selection of rate measurement time base
(s, min, and hr)
Bias Select key User selection of one of 11 user-programmed
ion chamber bias voltage settings from - 500 to +500 V;
displays measured output bias voltage
Reset/Measure key Displays measurement screen; resets
displayed charge and dose measurement values to zero, re-
initializes the measurement system, and starts/stops the time
dose measurement. Up and down arrows select one of 16 user-
designed measurement screens
4-line by 20-character vacuum uorescent display Provides
excellent visibility in all lighting conditions
Specications
Dose and rate display
Charge
full scale
Charge
sensitivity
Current*
full scale
Current*
sensitivity
200.00 pC 0.01 pC 200.0 pA 0.1 pA
2.0000 nC 0.0001 nC 2.000 nA 0.001 nA
20.000 nC 0.001 nC 20.00 nA 0.01 nA
200.00 nC 0.01 nC 200.0 nA 0.1 nA
2.0000 C 0.0001 C 1.000 A 0.001 A
20.000 C 0.001 C
200.00 C 0.01 C
2.0000 mC 0.0001 mC
20.000 mC 0.001 mC
*Average current is displayed with ten times greater resolution.
Effective exposure time ranges
Full scale range Display resolution
59.99 s 0.01 s
5 hr 33 min 19.9 s 0.1 s
Stability Designed for ultra long-term stability error of
approximately 0.1% per ve years
Leakage Virtually removes effects of total system leakage during
measurement. Uncorrected leakage <10 fA over temperature range
Linearity Maximum non-linearity variation from straight line of
0.1% of all charge and current ranges
Resolution 0.005% of range (4.5 digits) for charge, dose, average
rate and average current; 0.05% of range (3.5 digits) for current and
rate
Warm-up Fully meets specications within ve minutes of applying
power
Measurement accuracy 64 to 82F (18 to 28C); charge (0.20%
reading plus two counts); current (0.20% reading plus two counts)
Bias Eleven user-programmable steps from - 500 to +500 V in
0.1 volt increments; accuracy 0.3 V for loads <0.2 mA; front panel
selectable
Ion chamber calibration factors Thirty-two user-programmable
calibration factors; front panel selectable
Display units All practical radiation and electrical units
RS-232 computer conguration For customizing and data transfer
Power requirements Internal lead acid battery; Integral charger
operates 100 to 240 VAC (47 to 63 Hz)
Connectors Triax BNC front/rear 35040; Triax TNC front/rear
35040TNC
Dimensions 9.4 (w) x 10 (d) x 4 in (h) (21.6 x 26 x 8.9 cm)
Carrying Case (Model 37780)
Extension Cable, 20 ft, Triax BNC to BNC (Model 86120)
Adapter, Triax BNC plug to TNC jack (Model 500-111)
Farmer-Type Radiation Therapy Waterproof Ionization
Chamber (Model 580-006-WP)
Semiex Ionization Chamber, 0.125 cm
3
, Waterproof
(Model 30-344)
Semiex Ionization Chamber, 0.3 cm
3
, Waterproof
(Model 30-316)
PinPoint Ionization Chamber, 0.015 cm
3
, Waterproof
(Model 30-353)
Roos Electron Ionization Chamber, 0.35 cm
3
, Waterproof
(Model 30-332)
Advanced Markus Electron Ionization Chamber, 0.02 cm
3
,
Waterproof (Model 30-353)
Available model(s)
35040 Advanced Therapy Dosimeter
35040TNC Advanced Therapy Dosimeter, TNC option
www.ukebiomedical.com/rms.
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Semiex, PinPoint, Roos and Markus aretrademarks of
PTW New York and PTW Freiburg. Printed in USA.
35040-ds Rev 4 20 sept 05
Advanced Therapy Dosimeter
(ATD) Limited Series
Model 560
Single, high value electrometer
4-digit LCD display
Internal electronic bias: full, half and
reverse polarity
Powered by a rechargeable battery
Extended 20,000 nC range for HDR
Internal timer
Introduction
Model 560 is a high quality, compact and affordable dosimetry electrometer that will
meet the needs of most therapy applications, including brachytherapy. A unique,
simple design eliminates many of the current leakage problems associated with more
complicated electrometer designs.
Applications
The Model 560 electrometer meets or exceeds the requirements of the AAPM
ADCLs and has features found in electrometers costing far more.
Standard range setup suits most teletherapy applications, including HDR
brachytherapy. Standard units are nC and nA.
The Model 560 includes a built-in timer circuit for accumulation of charge vs. time.
Timing periods of 50, 100 and 200 seconds have been chosen for convenient
conversion of nC to nA.
The bias supply is electronic, and the unit is powered by an internal rechargeable
battery. The standard input connector is triaxial BNC, but TNC is available by request.
Features
0.1% accuracy
0.1% linearity
Compact affordable design
Standard range set-up suits most
teletherapy applications, including high
dose rate (HDR) brachytherapy
Specifications
Accuracy 0.1% of reading, +1 digit
Linearity 0.1%, +1 digit or precision of
reading, whichever is greater
Timer Can be preset for 50, 100 or 200
seconds
Leakage <5 x 10
-14
A
Display 4-digit LCD
Temperature stability 20 ppm/C
Warm-up time 15 minutes
Input Triaxial BNC (TNC
optional)
Output Analog, 2 V corresponds
to full scale
Bias Internal electronic bias
supply 300 V, - 50%, - 100%, off, +100%,
+50%, selectable on back panel. Bias
voltage may be read on display. 400 V bias
potential also available
Power Internal rechargeable 12 V lead acid
battery, voltage may be read on display. Low
battery indicator on front panel. 120 VAC UL
listed adapter provided
Dimensions 8.25 (w) x 9 (d) x 3.25 in (h)
(21 x 22.9 x 8.25 cm)
Available model(s)
560 Advanced Therapy Dosimeter (ATD)
Limited Series
560-ds rev 2 03 jun 05
Units Low High Applicatioin
nA, nC 0.001 to 19.999 0.01 to 199.99 Teletherapy
20,000 nC none 1 to 19999 HDR
TEL-ALIGN
Teletherapy
Alignment Gauge
*
Model 37-001
Introduction
Accuracy begins with beam alignment. It is impossible to deliver the carefully
calculated plan if the beam position is not verified. TEL-ALIGN verifies the
coincidence of the light and radiation fields and checks the isocenter variation and
the optical back pointer when the gantry is rotated 90.
Applications
TEL-ALIGN consists of a rectangular plastic base with a removable vertical scale.
The top surface of the base contains lead markers that form a square (10 x 10 cm)
for visualization on film. A crosshair in the center of the square lines up with two
additional sets of crosshairs, one on each outer edge of the base.
After the machine field size (10 x 10 cm) has been set, the table height should be
adjusted until the base surface is at the isocenter distance. The collimator rotation
angle is set at 0. When positioned properly, the edges of the light field should
coincide with the inscribed square. The field center should intersect the center
crosshair, and the side lights should agree with the corresponding crosshairs at the
edges of the base.
The vertical scale is placed on the base to check the optical distance indicator, or a
film can be placed under the base to check the light field versus the radiation field.
By rotating the gantry angle at 90, the isocenter variation and optical back pointer
are also checked. If adjustment of machine geometry is needed, it can be done
quickly and easily, with the TEL-ALIGN Teletherapy Alignment Gauge
(Model 37-001) in place.
* Designed and developed by the Medical Physics Department, Memorial Sloan Kettering Hospital, New
York, NY 10021.
Permits checks of:
Optical distance indicator
(over a 15 cm range)
Collimator and central crosshair
Head rotation and pitch
Isocenter variation
Side lights and optical back pointer
Light field vs. radiation field
Specifications
Dimensions
Base 5.51 (w) x 7.09 (d) x 0.79 in (h)
(14 x 18 x 2 cm)
Vertical scale 7.09 in (h) (18 cm)
Available model(s)
37-001 TEL-ALIGN Teletherapy
Alignment Gauge
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. TEL-ALIGN is a
trademark of FlukeCorporation. Printed in USA.
37-001-ds rev 4 01 mar 05
GARD
Model 37-013
Introduction
The GARD* (geometric accuracy
radiotherapy device) is designed to fit
into the shadow tray of the therapy
machine, providing a fixed reference
point for all measurements. This helps to
eliminate errors associated with using
independent devices for each geometric
parameter.
Applications
Gantry and collimator angle indicators
By using a high-precision goniometer,
indicators of gantry and collimator angle
can be visually verified. The goniometer
is mounted so that it can check any
collimator angle.
* Designed by A. Kalend, Ph.D., and L. Reinstein, Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook.
Optical distance indicator laser
alignment
An acrylic tray with a distance scale is
supplied with GARD. Simply slide the
tray into the accessory mount of GARD
and turn on the machine distance
indicator. The distance markers from the
machine will be visible on GARDs
distance indicator, and should coincide.
The sides of GARD have white acrylic
plates on which black vertical and
horizontal lines have been engraved.
When aligned, the field lasers should
coincide with the etched black lines.
Light and radiation field coincidence
The included film cassette (8 x 10 inch)
fits the accessory mount of GARD. The
top is etched with markings of four field
sizes. Field size and crosshair position
accuracy, as well as light and radiation
field coincidence, can be verified.
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. GARD is atrademark of
FlukeCorporation. Printed in USA.
37-013-ds rev 2 01 mar 05
Geometric accuracy reproducibility
device
Designed to verify geometric
accuracy of linear accelerators and
simulators
Provides quick visual verifications
Helps eliminate errors
Custom-manufactured to fit any
machine
You can check:
Gantry and collimator angle
indicators
Optical distance indicator laser
alignment
Light and radiation field coincidence
Specifications
Goniometer accuracy/resolution 0.2
Optical distance indicator resolution 1.0 mm
Field size indicators 5 x 5 cm, 10 x 10 cm,
15 x 15 cm, 20 x 20 cm
Dimensions 13.5 (w) x 13.5 (d) x 14.5 (h)
Film Cassette, 8 x 10 inch
(Model 37-013-2000)
Available model(s)
37-013 GARD. Custom-manufactured to
fit the shadow tray of any therapy machine.
Specify manufacturers model number
when ordering. Includes one 8 x 10 inch
film cassette
VeriDose
PDMQC System
Pictured Model 37-705-7777 with optional diodes
Two systems in one
VeriDose PDMQC is a five-channel
patient dose monitor and a linear
accelerator quality control device
Measures beam constancy, flatness,
and symmetry
Optional diodes available in a
variety of photon energy ranges,
polarity, and electrons
Introduction
Our innovation and leading-edge technology combines the powerful performance
capabilities of patient dose monitoring and linear accelerator quality control into one
compact, easy-to-use product.
We give you this powerful combination of technology and versatility for a lower
price than you would expect to pay for one unit alone.
Applications
Use VeriDose PDMQC as a patient dose monitor and when needed, just simply plug
in the VeriDose QC Module and VeriDose PDMQC is transformed into a precision
linear accelerator quality control device.
Two radiation oncology products in one:
Its a linear accelerator quality control device (it measures beam constancy, which
includes flatness and symmetry).
Its a five-channel patient dose monitoring system that records patient dose
verification data from actual radiation measurements made on the patient during
treatment.
Features
Accuracy
Measurements and updates are
provided in real time, accurate to
within 1% or better
Automatically adjusts the proper offset
voltage for each detector, resulting in
up to ten times less drift than other
products
Time-savings
VeriDose PDMQC stores up to 25
separate calibration sets. (A calibration
set can be created for up to five diodes
at a time.) As a result, the frequency of
calibrations you do is significantly
reduced. Setup time and error potential
are also dramatically reduced, leaving
more time for patient treatment
Documentation
When interfaced with a standard
printer, you can print:
- Patient treatment dose reports
- Date and time of the procedure
- Diode detector group and serial
number
In vivo measurements with the
VeriDose PDMQC as a patient dose
monitor are reimbursable under CPT-4
Section 77331 Special Dosimetry
37-705-ds rev 4 15 jun 05
Specifications
Electrometer
Input circuitry Five electrometer channels with digital zeroing and
gain control; bi-polar
Rate range 1.0 to 1000 cGy/min
Dose range 0.1 to 1000 cGy
Sensitivity adjustment 0.1 to 10 nC/cGy
Display 240 x 64 dot LCD. 8 lines x 40 characters, with CCF
backlight
Clock Real time clock, battery operated, US or European format
Alarm User-selectable level for each channel
User controls On-Off switch, 5-column select soft-keys for control
functions, scroll-up, scroll-down, and enter key for data entry
User setup parameters Stored in nonvolatile, battery-backup RAM
Computer interface RS-232, 19.2 BAUD, 8, N, 1.
Data format: standard decimal points or Euro-commas
Printer interface Parallel, selectable drivers for LaserJ et in ASCII
format only
Environmental
Storage temperature 32 to 158F (0 to 70C)
Operating temperature 50 to 86F (10 to 30C)
Relative humidity 5% to 95%, non-condensing
Power requirements 120 VAC, 60 Hz or 230 VAC, 50 Hz to
12 VDC @ 1A. AC adapter, UL, CSA, CE
Dimensions 9 (w) x 8.5 (d) x 2.5 in (h) (22.9 x 21.6 x 6.4 cm)
(EMI shielded)
Phantom
Detector Five diode detectors
Energy range
Photon 4 to 25 MV
Electron 5 to 25 MeV
Sensitive volume 0.25 mm
3
Sensitivity 1.5 nC/cGy
Diode polarity Negative
Rad damage at 10 kGy <15%
Detector configuration
Flatness/Symmetry One central axis. Four orthogonally-
positioned at 8 cm off central axis in the transverse and radial
dimensions. Off-axis detectors are positioned at 80% of field size
for flatness and symmetry measurements
Energy constancy Detector Depth Positions: 4.5, 12.5 and 20.5 cm
Interface cable 50 ft (15 m)
Buildup 1.9 cm acrylic (2.3 g/cm
2
)
Dimensions 9.85 (w) x 9.85 (d) x 1.5 in (h) (25 x 25 x 3.8 cm)
VeriDose Excel Add-In Software, 3.5 inch disk
(Model 9437705EXL)
Diode Holder, with five slots (Model 30-492-1000)
Calibration Jig, with six slots (Model 30-492-5200)
VeriDose Solid-State Diode Detectors (Model 30-471, see next page
for diode specifications)
Available model(s)
37-705 VeriDose V Electrometer
37-705-7777 VeriDose PDMQC System, consists of electrometer,
Excel add-in software, and VeriDose PDMQC Phantom
37-720-ds rev 3 15 jun 05
Dual-Diode Dosimeter
Patient Dose Monitor
Provides instant patient data on
radiation exposure to sensitive
organs and rapid checks of
equipment output
Prevents the potential for
misadministration
Battery operated
Introduction
Excessive radiation exposure (misadministration) to the patient is always a matter of
concern in radiation therapy. The Dual-Diode Dosimeter eliminates this concern by
providing a dosimetry system specifically designed to verify the amount of radiation
received by the patient during treatment.
Applications
Measurements are presented on a large digital display with a range of 0 to 2000 Rad
or Rad/minute. The electrometer accepts either one or two diode detectors, which are
selected using a front-panel switch. Calibration and zero adjustments, as well as dose
or dose rate selection, are all readily accessible on the front panel.
While the Dual-Diode Dosimeter is not intended as a primary calibration device, it
can also be used to accurately determine therapy machine output.
Features
Prevents the potential for
misadministration
Provides instantaneous readings on the
radiation dose being delivered to the
patient
Can qualify a facility for reimbursement
under CPT-4 Section 77331 Special
Dosimetry
Is economical, highly accurate, and an
essential instrument for todays busy
facilities
Designed for use with positive polarity
diodes only
Specifications
Accuracy 5%
Reproducibility 5%
Range 0 to 2000 Rad or Rad/minute
Readout 0.50 inch high digits on display
Front controls On/Off, Dose/Rate, Detector
A/Detector B, reset, Trimpots for Zero, and
Calibration for Detectors A and B
Rear connections Detector A and B input
Power requirements 9 V battery or
equivalent
(15.24 x 16.51 x 7 cm)
Diode Detector Holder (Model 30-492):
this 7 x 7 x 0.5 inch thick clear acrylic
plate is routed to hold six diodes in a
level, reproducible position during field
measurements
Available model(s)
37-720 Dual-Diode Dosimeter Patient
Dose Monitor
MOSFET 20
Dose Verification System
Model 37-100
Small, isotropic, direct read dose
verification system
1 to 20 dosimeters
Accurate, non-shielding
Brachytherapy, IMRT
Radiosurgery, TBI (total body
irradiation), diagnostic x-ray
Features
Active region of 0.2 x 0.2 mm
Suitable for photons and electron
modalities
Dose-rate and temperature
independent
Isotropic (2% for 360)
Immediate reading of dose and
computer record
Multiple dosimeter capability with one
Reader
Unobtrusive in procedures
Lightweight and flexible
Introduction
The MOSFET 20 patient dose verification system is a high-performance, cost-
effective dosimetry system. It combines pinpoint accuracy with the convenience of
instant dose readout. MOSFET dosimeters, with an active area of less than 0.04 mm
2
do not attenuate the beam and make pinpoint dose measurement a reality. The same
MOSFET is suitable for both photons and electrons in all radiotherapy and radiology
applications. There is no need to purchase separate dosimeters for various energies.
MOSFET dosimeters are also dose-rate and temperature independent.
Applications
In addition to regular patient dose verification and QA applications, these isotropic
dosimeters are used in IMRT, brachytherapy, and intracavitary dosimetry. The high
performance system is expandable from a standard configuration of 1-5 dosimeters
to a maximum of 20. Dose readings are available in user-selected units, including
cGy, mV, or R. Battery backup preserves up to 20 calibration factors, time and date
settings after power-down.
The standard MOSFET 20 system includes a self-contained reader, an external bias
supply with five dosimeter ports, a power adapter, five MOSFET dosimeters, and
connecting cables. TABULA Dose Reporter Software provides a user-friendly
Graphic User Interface (GUI) to the system using Windows
95, 98, 2000, and NT
platforms. It expands the system by giving the medical physicist an effective tool to
plan, execute, and record patient dose measurement in one operation. The report
generated by TABULA contains all the data input by the user on the patient,
radiation machine, MOSFET system, dosimeter sites (graphical and descriptive),
target doses, measured doses, deviation between measured and target doses,
calibration and correction factors, and comments added by the user.
Specifications
Dosimeter
0.04 mm
2
active detection area
Standard size is 2 mm wide
microMOSFET is 1 mm wide
Permits pinpoint measurement without patient shielding
Lightweight and flexible
Isotropic response of 2% for 360
Temperature and humidity effects are negligible
Reader
Vacuum fluorescent display
Direct readout in user-selected units cGy, mV, R
Resolution of one unit up to a total accumulated dose of 20,000 mV
Battery backup retains calibration factors and time/date settings
after power down
Stores up to 20 operator-entered calibration factors
Readings automatically scaled
Internal clock stores time and date with battery backup
System dose-to-dose reproducibility at 1
Standard High
200 cGy <2% <0.8%
100 cGy <3% <1.2%
20 cGy <8% <3%
Dose
Bias supply
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Check for availability outsideUS. TABULA is atrademark
of Thomson & Nielsen Electronics Ltd. Microsoft, Windows and Windows NT aretrademarks of
Microsoft Corporation. Printed in USA.
37-100-ds rev 2 09 mar 05
Sensitivity
Under full buildup
1 mV/cGy on standard bias
2.7 mV/cGy on high-sensitivity bias
Higher sensitivities available
X-ray energies
9 mV/R on high-sensitivity bias
Software
TABULA software This Dose Reporter Software provides an
interface to the Reader in order to record dose information and
provide a final dose report for patient records and QA
Operating system Microsoft
Windows 95, 98, 2000, and NT

System components (Model 37-100)
Model Description
Reader
37-100-2000
TABULA Dose Reporter Software, includes two years
software support, reader to PC cable, and one license (for
extra licenses, see Optional Accessories)
37-100-1002 MOSFET Dosimeters, package of five
37-100-5000 Dual Bias Supply
37-100-3001 Bias Supply to Reader Cable, 3 ft (1 m)
Power Adapter
Model Description
37-100-1001 MOSFET Dosimeters, package of two
37-100-1002 MOSFET Dosimeters, package of five
37-102-1001
High Sensitivity MOSFET Dosimeters,
package of two
37-102-1002
High Sensitivity MOSFET Dosimeters,
package of five
37-103-1001 microMOSFET Dosimeters, package of two
37-103-1002 microMOSFET Dosimeters, package of five
37-104-1001
High Sensitivity microMOSFET Dosimeters,
package of two
37-104-1002
High Sensitivity microMOSFET Dosimeters,
package of five
37-100-2000
TABULA Dose Reporter Software, includes 2 years
software support, reader to PC cable, and 1 license
37-100-2001
Extra licenses for TABULA Dose Reporter Software (cable
to be purchased separately if required)
37-100-3000 Reader to PC Cable, RS-232, 3 ft (1 m)
37-100-3012 Build-up Cap, 1 cm, package of one
37-100-3002 Build-up Cap, 1 cm, package of five
37-100-3009 Build-up Cap, 1.5 cm, package of one
37-100-3004 Build-up Cap, 1.5 cm, package of five
37-100-3011 Build-up Cap, 2 cm, package of one
37-100-3006 Build-up Cap, 2 cm, package of five
37-100-3007 Build-up Caps, 3 pack: 1, 1.5 and 2 cm
37-100-4000
XWU-IMRT Phantom, for a minimumof 9 dose points and
film(only to be used with the MOSFET System)
37-100-5000 Dual Bias Supply, supports five dosimeters
Available model(s)
Model Description
37-100 MOSFET 20 Dose Verification System
Double Check
Pro
Daily Check Device
Victoreen
Model 7600
Daily check device including
10 air-vented ion chambers
Efficient workload planning
Wireless state-of-the-art
communications (optional)
Limitless data storage
User-friendly interface
Thorough data analysis
Automatic atmospheric beam
corrections
Features
Flexible weekly scheduling
User created protocols
Tabular or graphical data presentation
Ethernet, USB (standard)
Removable flash memory
Windows CE
Large, bright, easy-to-use color touch
screen
Introduction
The Victoreen
Double Check Pro is a portable, easy-to-use, daily check device for

therapy beam quality assurance. Ten ion chambers are positioned to simultaneously
check beam constancy, symmetry, flatness, and energy constancy. Nine ion chambers
are used for verification of flatness, symmetry, and dose constancy while a special
filtered ion chamber provides energy constancy information. The bright color LCD
touch screen display and the user interface, make the unit easy-to-use. Internal and
external Flash memory along with several different computer interfaces allow
flexible measurement storage, comparison and archival record keeping.
Applications
The Victoreen Double Check Pro consists of a detector array and software for
performing linear accelerator quality assurance using physicist preferred air ion
chamber technology for dose measurement, avoiding the radiation damage issues of
diode detectors.
Windows
CE based software acquires beam profile data from the detector array.
The beam profile is displayed numerically or graphically. Beam profile analysis such
as flatness and symmetry is performed and is saved in a database resident on the unit,
facilitating daily, weekly, yearly checks, aiding in following the guidelines in TG-40.
The data is also available for correlation to TG-51 data.
Specifications
Display
Dot pixels 320 x 3 [RGB] (w) x 240
Dot size 0.10 (w) x 0.34 mm (h)
Dot pitch 0.12 (w) x 0.36 mm (h)
Viewing area 122.0 (w) x 92.0 mm (h)
LCD type F-STN/color-mode/transmissive
Backlight Cold cathode fluorescent lamp
Detector
Material Acrylic
Standard field size 20 x 20 cm or 10 x 10 cm
External chamber cavity Side cavity provided for farmer-type ion
chamber (0.6 cc), allowing central axis calibration
Ion chamber buildup (all chambers) 5 mm acrylic, 0.375 g/cm
2
;
0.8 mm polyethylene, 0.146 g/cm
2
Ion chambers Ten air vented
Ion chamber configuration One central axis; four - 4 cm off-axis;
four 8 cm off-axis; energy constancy chamber for external filters @
9 cm off-axis
Ion chamber nominal bias voltage 300 VDC
Ion chamber diameter/volume 1.27 cm/0.65 cc
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Victoreen and DoubleCheck aretrademarks of Fluke
Corporation. Windows is atrademark of Microsoft Corporation. Printed in USA.
7600-ds rev 5 19 may 05
System
Dose range 50 to 1000 rad/min; 0.50 Gy to 10 Gy/min
Beam type energy
Photons 2 to 25 MV
Electrons 2 to 25 MeV
Operating temperature Minimum 10C, maximum 40C
Dimensions 9 (w) x 18.9 (d) x 2.3 (h) in (23 x 47.9 x 5.8 cm)
System components (Model 7600)
6 ft USB Cable (Model 7600USB)
Stainless Steel Filter Set: 0.46, 0.61, 0.76, 0.91, 1.5, 1.9, 3.0, 3.6,
5.0, 10, 15, 30 mm (Model 7200-50)
Buildup Plates, 1 cm, 3 each (Model 171063)
Universal 6 VDC AC Adapter (Model 7600AC)
Compact Keyboard, USB (Model 7600KBD)
75 ft (23m) Communications Cable includes ethernet crossover
RJ-45 (Model 7600CAB)
Wireless Compact Flash Card, 802.11b (Model 7600WCF)
Compact Flash Memory Card, 256 MB (Model 7600CFM)
Wireless Router, 802.11b (Model 7600WR)
Victoreen Double Check Pro Wireless Kit (Model 7600WLS).
Includes Wireless Compact Flash Card, 802.11b; Wireless Router,
802.11b; and 75 ft (23 m) Communications Cable
Available model(s)
7600 Double Check Pro Daily Check Device
TRACKER
Model 90100
Introduction
The TRACKER Therapy Beam Evaluation System, Model 90100, is a quality
assurance system that measures high energy accelerators and
60
Co dose and dose rate,
enabling user calculation of beam constancy, flatness, and symmetry. The system
consists of the Model 35300A detector and Model 35360A display.
The Model 35300A TRACKER detector array incorporates four orthogonally-placed
ion chambers on a 10 cm radius from a fifth isocentrally-located ion chamber
allowing ratio-to-center dose measurement. Each ion chamber, which is identical to
the others and vented to the atmosphere, is a circular, parallel-plate configuration and
is fully guarded for low leakage. The entrance surface indicates ion chamber
locations for alignment with a therapy beam light field system. The Model 35360A
TRACKER display contains five electrometers and a microprocessor-controlled,
4-line by 20-character, vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) that provides excellent
readability of dose and dose rate measurements in virtually any lighting condition.
Applications
The TRACKER Therapy Beam Evaluation System performs quality assurance tests
for linear accelerators and
60
Co. The systems quick setup and operational ease make
it ideal for daily checks of beam constancy, symmetry, and flatness.
A five-channel electrometer enables measurement of dose or dose rate in either
absolute or ratio-to-center. Dose measurement values may be displayed in units of R,
rad, Sv, or Gy. Dose rate measurement values may be displayed in units of R/min,
rad/min, Sv/min, or Gy/min.
The TRACKER System may be operated from either AC line power or from its high
capacity internal battery. The battery is charged automatically when the unit is
connected to AC line power, either during use or when idle.
Consulting physicists and service engineers will appreciate the TRACKER Systems
portability. An optional carrying case eases transport and storage. Other optional
accessories include buildup plates and a buildup retaining hardware kit.
Therapy Beam Evaluation System
Superior stability verified by years
of customer satisfaction
Simultaneously measures dose or
dose rate from five detectors
Absolute and percent-of-center
display modes
Corrections for temperature and
pressure
4-line by 20-character VFD for
excellent readability in all lighting
conditions
User selectable gain factors
Features
Measurement values from peripheral
ion chambers displayed in either
absolute dose measurement units or as
percentage of center ion chambers
measurement value
Microprocessor-controlled, 4-line by
20-character VFD displays
measurement results directly in users
choice of radiological units corrected
for air density
Precision five channel electrometer
provides 0.03% linearity
High performance rechargeable system
allows eight hours of continuous
operation from a three-hour charge
Low battery annunciator indicates
when <30 minutes of operation
remains
Levels of internal 300 V electronic
bias supply and rechargeable battery
supply are continuously monitored
Annunciators indicate abnormal bias
or low battery voltage
Specifications
Nominal dose and rate display
Dose
full scale
Dose
sensitivity
Rate
full scale
Rate
sensitivity
3093 rad 0.1 rad 3093 rad/min 0.1 rad/min
3520 R 0.1 R 3520 R/min 0.1 R/min
30.93 Gy 1 mGy 30.93 Gy/min 1 mGy/min
Electrometer
Accuracy 1% of reading (1 count)
Stability <0.25% of reading per year
Zero drift (1 count 10 to 35C)
Nominal ion chamber characteristics
Window area density 600 mg/sq cm (0.5 cm acrylic plastic)
Sensitivity 3.52 R/nC at 22C and 760 mmHg
Active cross-sectional area 1.06 sq cm
Collection efficiency
>99% at 500 rads/min pulsed
>99.9% at 500 rads/min continuous
Ion chamber factory calibration method Each of the five ion
chambers within the detector array is calibrated by comparison
with a reference standard ion chamber in a
60
Co beam. The
comparison is performed in free air and results in a R/nC
calibration factor for each of the five ion chambers
Source modes and energies
Photons 300 keV to 25 MeV, with suitable buildup material
Electrons 2 MeV to 25 MeV, with suitable buildup material
Recommended operation conditions
Source distance 100 cm
Collimated field size 25 x 25 cm
Source dose rate range 50 to 500 rads/min
RS-232 receptacle (RJ-45 style) User customization and field
calibration via supplied MS-DOS
Customization Program. Fully

remote and automated operation
AC line power receptacle AC line input range of 100 to 240 VAC
without operator switching. IEC 320/C13 style receptacle enables
worldwide operation by simply switching line cords
Physical
Detector dimensions
13.25 (w) x 17.25 (d) x 0.875 in (h) (33.7 x 48.8 x 2.2 cm)
Display dimensions
10 (w) x 4 (d) x 9.4 (h) (21.6 x 26 x 8.9 cm)
Total weight 26 lb (11.7 kg)
Carrying Case (Model 37780)
Buildup Retainer Kit (Model 37825)
Buildup Plate (Model 37051)
System components (Model 90100)
Display (Model 35360A)
Detector (Model 35300A)
Detector to Display Interface Cable, 49 ft (15 m)
(Model 37783-15)
AC Line Cord (Both US and European styles available)
Instruction Manual (Model 37826)
Customization Kit (Model 37827)
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. TRACKER is atrademark of FlukeCorporation. MS-DOS
is aregistered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Printed in USA.
90100-ds rev 4 01 mar 05
Introduction
The THEBES II*
(THErapy Beam
Evaluation System)
consists of a linear
ion chamber array,
electrometer,
communicator,
THEBES II Contour
Manager software,
wall mount power
supply,
interconnecting cable,
and carrying case. An
acrylic base plate that
holds the ion chamber
array and build up
plates are also
provided. The linear
ion chamber array is
permanently
connected to the electrometer by a 1.5 m shielded multiconductor cable to eliminate
radiation damage to the electrometer.
The THEBES II linear ion chamber array is a waterproof, linear array of 47 ion
chambers on 0.5 cm centers. The total active length of the array is 23.42 cm.
The THEBES II communicator provides power and the communication interface for
the THEBES II electrometer.
THEBES II Contour Manager Software is a Windows based application that
acquires beam contour data from the detector array and displays it graphically.
Applications
The THEBES II is used to perform linear accelerator quality
assurance using physicist-preferred air ion chamber technology for
dose measurement, avoiding the ion transport issue of the
competing liquid chamber technology and radiation damage issues
of diode detectors. The detector array consists of 47 waterproof air
ion chambers in a linear array. Two detector arrays are being
offered: Model 7020 with 47 ion chambers on a 0.5 cm pitch
(23.42 cm total active length) and Model 7040 with 47 ion
chambers on a 1 cm pitch (46.88 cm total active length).
The software performs beam contour analysis such as flatness and
symmetry. Beam contour data is saved in an Access compatible
database, facilitating daily, weekly, and yearly checks, aiding in
following the guidelines in TG-40 and TG-51.
Linear array of 47 air ion chambers
0.5 cm spacing for Model 7020
1.0 cm spacing for Model 7040
Central axis chamber
Waterproof and vented
Simultaneously checks symmetry,
flatness, light field vs. radiation field
coincidence, field size, beam center,
penumbra, constancy, and integrated
total dose
Real-time dose maps for service and
setup
No electronics in or near the beam
Windows
applications software
Calibrated by Global Calibration
Laboratory
Features
Flexible and easy-to-use
Range: 50 to 500 cGy/min
No external power is needed at detector
location
Dynamic wedge contour mapping
Daily, weekly, and yearly checks as per
TG-40
Use with watertank for depth dose
calculations
Microsoft
Access database compatible

Microsoft Excel data export
THEBES
II
Victoreen
Model 7020/7040
60 degree dynamic wedge * US Patent No. 6,885,007.
Specifications
Linear ion chamber array
Detector type Ionization chambers, waterproof and vented
Number of detectors 47
Dimensions
7020 6.2 (w) x 30.2 (d) x 3.7 cm (h)
7040 6.2 (w) x 53.5 (d) x 3.7 cm (h)
Active area
7020 1.0 x 23.42 cm (23 cm center to center)
7040 0.88 x 46.88 cm (46 cm center to center)
Detector spacing
7020 0.5 cm
7040 1.0 cm
Inherent buildup 0.5 cm polystyrene, .02 cm polycarbonate
Inherent backscatter
Without mounting plate 0.3 cm acrylic
With mounting plate 0.3 cm acrylic, 1.0 cm acrylic
Radiation detected
Photons
60
Co to 25 MV
Electrons 6 to 25 MeV
Beam limits
Maximum dose/pulse 12.5 mGy per pulse
Maximum pulse rate 1000 pulses per second
Maximum continuous dose rate 500 cGy/min
Ion chamber dimensions
7020 0.42 (w) x 0.95 (d) x 0.50 cm (h)
7040 0.88 (w) x 0.88 (d) x 0.50 cm (h)
Ion chamber nominal volume
7020 0.17 cm
3
7040 0.36 cm
3
Ion chamber alignment 0.3 mm chamber outline on top of array in
all axes
Nominal bias voltage - 300 V
Electrometer
Number of channels 48
Amplifiers Non-multiplexed, low leakage, mosfet operational
amplifier
Array scan time 1.1 ms
Frame rate 5 frames/sec
Status indicators 4
Dimensions 10.9 (w) x 21.6 (d) x 3.2 cm (h)
Communicator
Computer interface RS-232, DB-9 connector
Power requirements 12 VDC, 1 A
Communication interface
Connector RJ -45
Baud rate 57.6 K
Dimensions 4.2 (w) x 8.8 (d) x 2.0 cm (h)
System
Power requirements
Input 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 22 W
Output 12 VDC, 1 A
Computer requirements
Computer IBM
compatible PC, Intel
Pentium
90 or higher
with at least one unused COM port
Operating system Microsoft Windows XP
, 2000
Hard disk space 64 MB of available space
Mounting plate dimensions
7020 22.8 (w) x 30.5 (d) x 2.5 cm (t)
7040 22.8 (w) x 53.8 (d) x 2.5 cm (t)
Calibration
Accuracy 2%
Reproducibility 1%
Long term stability 1%
Linearity 1%
System (cont)
Environmental
Operating temperature 50 to 104F (10 to 40 C)
Storage temperature - 13 to +149F (- 25 to +65 C)
Relative humidity 20% to 75%, non-condensing
Accessories supplied
Model
Number
Description
Typical Geo.
Region
14-401 230 VAC 12 VDC 1000 mA Europe
14-414 230 VAC 12 VDC 1000 mA UK
14-414 and
14-416 adapter
7020
Communication Cable, 75 ft (23 m) (Model 7020CBL)
Terminator, 120 ohm (Model 7020TER)
Communicator (Model 7020COM)
1 cm Buildup Plate (Model 7020BP10)
2.5 cm Buildup Plate (Model 7020BP25)
7040
Communication Cable, 75 ft (23 m) (Model 7040CBL)
Terminator, 120 ohm (Model 7040TER)
Communicator (Model 7040COM)
1 cm Buildup Plate (Model 7040BP10)
2.5 cm Buildup Plate (Model 7040BP25)
Lead Foil for TG-51, 1 mm x 20 cm
2
(Model 57-051)
7020
9.5 cm Buildup Plates (Model 7020BP95)
ARM 3D Watertank Adapter (Model 7020AA)
Multidata Watertank Adapter (Model 7020MA)
Wellhfer (Dovetail) Watertank Adapter (Model 7020WDA)
Wellhfer Blue (Pin) Watertank Adapter (Model 7020WPA)
Tray Adapter Kit, Varian Type 3 (Model 7020VA)
Tray Adapter Kit, Elekta (Model 7020EA)
Tray Adapter Kit, Siemens (Model 7020SA)
7040
9.5 cm Buildup Plates (Model 7040BP95)
Tray Adapter Kit, Varian Type 3 (Model 7040VA)
Available model(s)
7020 THEBES II 20 cm Field Size Array, consists of
electrometer, communicator, THEBES II Level II
Contour Manager software and carrying case
7040 THEBES II 40 cm Field Size Array, consists of
electrometer, communicator, THEBES II Level II
Contour Manager software and carrying case
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. THEBES and Victoreen aretrademarks of Fluke
Corporation. Windows, Windows XP and Microsoft aretrademarks of Microsoft Corporation. IBM is a
trademark of International Business Machines. Intel and Pentiumaretrademarks of Intel Corporation.
Printed in USA.
7020-ds rev 3 13 may 05
Precision Isocentric QC
Beam-Checker II
Model 37-731
This precision quality control tool is ideal for daily, weekly and monthly quality
control assessments of all mechanical and geometrical parameters of linear
accelerators or teletherapy units.
The Precision Isocentric Beam Checker II consists of a large opaque acrylic screen
backed by a secondary plate, both supported by two uprights. The screen is inscribed
with lines precisely defining the corners, edges and center of the screens 10 x 10 cm
and 20 x 20 cm fields. Intersecting center lines are inscribed with short lines spaced
1 cm apart. The screen can rotate about its axis in increments of 45. Tungsten
markers of 2 mm in diameter are embedded in the center and corners of the fields.
A 10 x 12 inch ready-pack film can be sandwiched between the two plates. When
exposed, the tungsten markers project a sharp image on the film, thus eliminating the
inaccuracy and need to prick holes into the film.
The devices acrylic base-plate has an attached bubble level and non-slip leveling
legs that allow it to be quickly and conveniently set up for use.
37-731-ds rev 2 01 mar 05
For checks of:
Radiation and light-field congruence
Collimator isocentricity
Collimator field-size accuracy
Gantry isocentricity
Table isocentricity
ODI accuracy
Isocenter rotational stability
Laser alignments
Specifications
Material White and clear acrylics
Markers Tungsten spheres; 2 mm
Screen dimensions 12 x 12 in (30.5 x 30.5 cm)
Overall dimensions 6 (w) x 18 (d) x 13 in (h)
(15.2 x 45.7 x 33 cm)
Available model(s)
37-731 Precision Isocentric Beam-Checker II
Semi ex
Ionization Chamber,
0.3 cm
3
, Waterproof
Model 30-316
Suitable for use in water phantoms
or solid state phantoms
Measuring volume is fully vented via
the connector
Fully guarded up to measuring
volume
Touchable parts free of high voltage
Extension cables up to 100 meters in
length are available
Type tested by
PTB Braunschweig
23.21
85.1
The 0.3 cm
3
ionization chamber (Model 30-316) is designed for measurements in the
useful beam of high energy photon and electron elds. The chamber is waterproof
and is used mainly for relative measurements in a water phantom or in an air scanner.
The measuring volume is open to the surrounding air via the 4.3 ft (1.3 m) cable
and BNC Triax connector. This chamber has a short rigid stem for easy mounting,
includes a PMMA buildup cap, and is type tested by PTB Braunschweig.
Specications
Volume 0.3 cm
3
Response 1 10
-8
C/Gy
Leakage 4 10
-15
A
Polarizing voltage Maximum 500 V
Cable length 4.3 ft (1.3 m)
Cable leakage 10
-12
C/(Gy cm)
Wall material PMMA (C
5
H
8
O
2
)
Wall density 1.19 gm/cm
3
(PMMA)
Wall thickness 0.7 mm PMMA
Area density 83.3 mg/cm
2
Electrode Aluminum, graphite coated, 1.0 mm , 14.25 mm long
Nominal useful range 30 keV to 50 MeV
Range of temperature 10 to 40C
Range of relative humidity 20% to 75%
Ion collection time
300 V 0.10 ms
400 V 0.08 ms
500 V 0.06 ms
Saturation behavior
See next page for more specications.
Saturation
behavior
Polarizing
voltage
99.0%
saturation
99.5%
saturation
300 V 17.0 Gy/s 8.5 Gy/s
400 V 30.0 Gy/s 15.0 Gy/s
500 V 45.0 Gy/s 23.0 Gy/s
300 V 1.0 mGy 0.4 mGy
400 V 1.3 mGy 0.5 mGy
500 V 1.7 mGy 0.7 mGy
Maximum dose rate at
continuous irradiation
Maximum dose rate
per irradiation pulse
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Semiex is atrademark of PTW New York and PTW
Freiburg. Printed in USA.
30-316-ds rev 3 03 mar 06
Available model(s)
30-316 Semiex Ionization Chamber, 0.3 cm
3
, Waterproof,
includes BNC Triax connector, PMMA buildup cap, and rigid stem
for mounting
Other types of triaxial cable connectors available
Specications (cont)
Diagram
Directional dependence
Reading / Dose, %
in Air in PMMA
6 12 18 24 30 60 90 120 150 162 174 180 6 12 18 24 30 60 90 120 150 162 174 180
70 kV 44.1 65.6 80.2 87.5 92.5 99.7 100.0 99.6 96.1 93.0 88.7 85.4 70 kV 97.2 104.3 106.4 105.9 105.4 103.0 100.0 97.8 98.1 98.8 99.4 97.1
140 kV 68.7 82.9 92.2 95.0 97.4 99.7 100.0 99.4 97.7 96.5 94.5 91.0 140 kV 109.0 108.0 106.9 106.1 105.3 101.8 100.0 98.8 98.9 99.6 100.3 99.8
280 kV 79.9 87.1 93.1 95.5 97.5 99.5 100.0 99.7 98.5 97.4 96.1 94.9 280 kV 111.3 107.1 105.0 104.2 103.3 101.2 100.0 99.4 100.0 100.6 101.2 100.6
Co-60 83.2 91.1 94.6 96.0 97.1 99.4 100.0 99.4 97.5 96.8 96.0 94.6 Co-60 104.0 106.4 104.6 104.0 103.5 101.1 100.0 99.9 100.8 101.3 101.8 101.0
Energy dependence
1.00
1.00
0.99
0.98
0.96
1.00
0.97
0.95
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.05
1.10
60 95 145 Co-60
Photon Energy, kV
D
o
s
e
/
R
e
a
d
i
n
g
Absorbed dose to water Air kerma
Markus
Electron Ionization
Chamber, 0.055 cm
3
, Waterproof
Model 30-329
The Markus chamber is the very rst chamber specically designed for electron
dosimetry. The chamber may be used for measurements in water phantoms or solid
state phantoms. A PMMA waterproong cap, 0.87 mm thick (equivalent to 1 mm
of water), and an annulus, for solid state phantom measurements, are included. The
chambers small measuring volume makes it ideal for electron measurements when
very high spatial resolution is required. The diaphragm front allows measurements in
the buildup region of electron elds to a depth of virtually zero. Markus includes a
3.4 ft (1.05 m) cable and BNC Triax connector.
Suitable for use in solid state
phantoms and water phantoms
Vented measuring volume
volume
Specications
Volume 0.055 cm
3
Response 2 10
-9
C/Gy
Leakage 2 10
-16
A
Polarizing voltage 300 V recommended, 400 V maximum
Cable leakage 3.5 10
-12
C/(Gy cm)
Wall material Polyethylene CH
2
Membrane thickness 0.03 mm
Area thickness 2.5 mg/cm
2
Electrode Acrylic, graphite coated, 5.3 mm
Nominal useful range 2 to 45 MeV
Ion collection time
150 V 0.20 ms
300 V 0.09 ms
400 V 0.07 ms
Saturation behavior
Saturation
behavior
Polarizing
voltage
99.0%
saturation
99.5%
saturation
150 V 5.9 Gy/s 2.9 Gy/s
300 V 24.0 Gy/s 12.0 Gy/s
400 V 42.0 Gy/s 21.0 Gy/s
150 V 0.7 mGy 0.4 mGy
300 V 1.4 mGy 0.7 mGy
400 V 1.9 mGy 0.9 mGy
Maximum dose rate
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Markus is atrademark of PTW New York and PTW
30-329-ds rev 3 06 mar 06
Available model(s)
30-329 Markus Electron Ionization Chamber, 0.055 cm
3
,
Waterproof, includes BNC Triax connector and PMMA buildup cap
Specications (cont)
Diagram
Protection/Waterproong cap, PMMA
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0
90
180
270
Eo =15 MeV, Er =2.7 MeV
Eo =9.7 MeV, Er =2.7 MeV
Eo =15 MeV, Er =10.2 MeV
The values given in the diagrams are typical for the construction.
in PMMA
Advanced Markus
Electron
Ionization Chamber, 0.02 cm
3
,
Waterproof
Model 30-331
Vented sensitive volume of 0.02 cm
3
Same dimensions as the Markus
chamber
Suitable for relative and absolute
electron dosimetry
Very thin entrance window
The chamber is waterproof when
used with protective cap
The 0.02 cc Advanced Markus Chamber is our newest development in plane-parallel
electron ion chambers. This chamber combines the advantages of both Roos and
Markus chamber types into one truly exceptional plane-parallel electron chamber.
Developed for relative and absolute electron dosimetry in water or solid type
phantoms, the advanced design of this chamber makes it possible to perform absolute
electron dosimetry without perturbation effects.
This chamber is designed in strict accordance with the recommendations of IEC
60731 and it is waterproof. Since the outer shape is identical to that of the Markus
chamber, all existing Markus chamber phantom plates and adapters can be used with
the Advanced Markus chamber. The small sensitive volume makes this chamber
ideal for dose distribution measurements in a water phantom, giving a good spatial
resolution. An improved design of the guard ring reduces the inuence of scattered
radiation from the housing, and makes it possible to perform absolute electron
dosimetry without perturbation effects. The chamber features a at energy response
within the nominal useful range from 2 to 45 MeV. The membrane material is
polyethylene of
0.03 mm thickness. The Advanced Markus chamber comes with a protective acrylic
cover 0.87 mm thick (1 mm water equivalence) for use in water. In addition, the
chamber includes a 3.4 ft (1.05 m) cable and BNC Triax connector. Air density
correction is required for each measurement. A radioactive check device is available
as an option.
Note: The Advanced Markus chamber was developed in cooperation with Prof. Rosenow,
Gttingen University, Germany IEC 60731: Medical electrical equipment - Dosimeters
with ionization chambers as used in radiotherapy.
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Markus and Roos aretrademarks of PTW New York
and PTW Freiburg. Printed in USA.
30-331-ds rev 3 06 mar 06
Specications
Type of product Vented plane-parallel chamber type 34045 with
guard ring
Application Dose and dose rate measurements in high-energy
electron beams
Measuring quantities and units Absorbed dose to water (Gy);
absorbed dose rate to water (Gy/min)
Radiation quality Electrons 2 to 45 MeV
Response 670 pC/Gy
Sensitive volume 0.02 cm
3
Directional dependence The deviation of the response following
tilting of the chamber by up to 10 is smaller than 0.1%
Entrance window Polyethylene (CH
2
) foil with 0.03 mm thickness
Electrode Acrylic (PMMA), graphite coated 5 mm
3
Reference point Center of entrance foil
Chamber voltage Maximum 400 V
Leakage current 4 fA
Cable leakage Less than or equal to 1 PC/(Gy cm)
Ion collection time
150 V 44 s
300 V 22 s
400 V 17 s
Range of temperature 10 to 40C, 50 to 104F
Range of relative humidity 10 to 80%, max 20 g/m
3
Range of air pressure 700 to 1060 hPa
Temperature equilibrium 2 to 3 min/K
Pressure equilibrium Less than or equal to 10 s
Available model(s)
30-331 Advanced Markus Electron Ionization Chamber, 0.02 cm
3
,
Waterproof, includes BNC Triax connector and PMMA buildup cap
Extension Cable Reel for
Ionization Chambers
Model 30-355
Prevents tangled, loose, or misplaced triaxial-connector
cables
A must for every therapy department
The Model 30-355 cable real offers a great convenience in
winding and storage of extension cables. This cable reel will
extend the life of a cable signicantly by eliminating kinks and
providing protection during storage. Only as much cable as
needed has to be reeled out at any time.
A cable reel will accommodate a white extension cable up to
50 meters in length or a grey cable up to 20 meters. Either
gender may be specied at the hub, depending on whether the
cable reel will be kept at the electrometer (male connector at
the hub) or inside the treatment room (female connector at the
hub).
Dimensions 8.5 in x 3.0 in (h) (21.5 x 7.5 cm)
Weight 1 to 3 lb (depending on the cable lenght)
Available model(s)
30-355 Extension Cable Reel for Ionization Chambers
Roos
Electron Ionization
Chamber, 0.35 cm
3
, Waterproof
Model 30-332
Designed as a standard chamber for
electron dosimetry
Wide guard ring excludes
perturbation effects, even at low
electron energies
Negligible polarity effect, < 0.5% at
10 MeV
Energy dependence is only inuenced
by the stopping power correction,
a type dependent correction is not
necessary
Completely Waterproof
Ideal for use in water phantoms or
suitable solid state phantoms
Open volume, vented
The Roos chamber, a development from Dr. Roos of PTB-Braunschweig, is used as a
standard chamber for electron dosimetry. This chamber has a very wide guard ring to
exclude any perturbation effect, even at low electron energies. The polarity effect is
negligible. Energy dependence is only inuenced by the stopping power correction,
a type dependent correction is not necessary. The chamber is waterproof and vented
through the connection cable. Roos includes a 3.5 ft (1.08 m) cable and BNC Triax
connector.
Specications
Volume 0.35 cm
3
Response 1 10
-8
C/Gy
Leakage 4 10
-15
A
Polarizing voltage 100 V recommended, maximum 400 V
Cable leakage 3.5 10
-12
C/(Gy cm)
Wall material Acrylic (C
5
H
8
O
2
)
3
Wall thickness 1.0 mm
Area density 119 mg/cm
2
Electrode Acrylic, graphite coated, 15 mm
Guard ring 4 mm wide
Nominal useful range 2 to 25 MeV
Ion collection time
100 V 0.37 ms
200 V 0.13 ms
300 V 0.07 ms
Saturation behavior
Saturation
behavior
Polarizing
voltage
99.0%
saturation
99.5%
saturation
100 V 2.6 Gy/s 1.3 Gy/s
200 V 11.0 Gy/s 5.2 Gy/s
400 V 42.0 Gy/s 21.0 Gy/s
100 V 0.5 mGy 0.2 mGy
200 V 0.9 mGy 0.5 mGy
400 V 1.9 mGy 0.9 mGy
Maximum dose rate
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Roos is atrademark of PTW New York and PTW
30-332-ds rev 3 06 mar 06
Available model(s)
30-332 Roos Electron Ionization Chamber, 0.35 cm
3
, Waterproof,
includes BNC Triax connector
Specications (cont)
Diagram
The deviation of the response following tilting of the chamber by up to 10 at 6 and 20 MeV,
at the dose maximum in water, is less than 0.1%.
15.6 (electrode) 16
4 (guard ring)
44
24
2
1
5.8
Approximate dimensions in mm.
Drawing not to scale.
Semi ex
Ionization Chamber,
0.125 cm
3
, Waterproof
Model 30-344
The 0.125 cm
3
ionization chamber type (Model 30-344) is designed for
measurements in the useful beam of high energy photon and electron elds. The
chamber is waterproof and is used mainly for relative measurements in a water
phantom or in an air scanner. The measuring volume is approximately spherical
resulting in a at energy response over an angle of 160 and a uniform spatial
resolution, in all three axes, during measurements in a phantom. The chamber
includes a 4.3 ft (1.3 m) cable, BNC Triax connector, PMMA buildup cap, and a
short (36 mm) rigid stem for easy mounting.
Suitable for use in water phantoms
or solid state phantoms
Measuring volume is fully vented via
the connector
volume
Specications
Volume 0.125 cm
3
Response 4 10
-9
C/Gy
Leakage 4 10
-15
A
Cable leakage 10
-12
C/(Gy cm)
5
H
8
O
2
), Graphite (C)
3
(PMMA), 0.82 gm/cm
3
(C)
Wall thickness 0.55 mm PMMA, 0.15 mm C
2
Electrode Aluminum, 1.0 mm , 5.0 mm long
Ion collection time
300 V 0.14 ms
400 V 0.10 ms
500 V 0.08 ms
Saturation behavior
Saturation
behavior
Polarizing
voltage
99.0%
saturation
99.5%
saturation
300 V 5.6 Gy/s 2.8 Gy/s
400 V 10.0 Gy/s 5.0 Gy/s
500 V 15.0 Gy/s 7.5 Gy/s
300 V 0.7 mGy 0.4 mGy
400 V 1.0 mGy 0.5 mGy
500 V 1.2 mGy 0.6 mGy
Maximum dose rate
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Semiex is atrademark of PTW New York and PTW
30-344-ds rev 3 03 mar 06
Available model(s)
30-344 Semiex Ionization Chamber, 0.125 cm
3
, Waterproof,
includes BNC Triax connector, PMMA buildup cap, and 36 mm
rigid stem for mounting
Specications (cont)
Diagram
Thimble
Buildup cap, PMMA
Reading / Dose, %
in Air
in PMMA
6 12 18 24 30 60 90 120 150 162 174 180 6 12 18 24 30 60 90 120 150 162 174 180
100 kV 3 20 44 67 80 97 100 99 96 95 94 93 100 kV 56 63 71 81 88 98 100 100 100 100 100 100
140 kV 10 32 55 76 87 99 100 99 97 97 96 96 140 kV 58 68 77 87 93 99 100 100 100 100 100 100
280 kV 33 62 78 87 93 99 100 101 101 101 100 100 280 kV 67 83 91 95 97 99 100 101 101 101 101 100
Co-60 79 89 93 95 97 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Co-60 85 95 99 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
100 kV, 0.17 mmCu HVL; 140 kV, 0.49 mmCu HVL; 280 kV, 3,4 mmCu HVL
Energy dependence
0.97
1.00
0.97
1.00
0.97
0.96
0.96 0.96
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.05
1.10
60 100 150 Co-60
Photon Energy, kV
D
o
s
e
/
R
e
a
d
i
n
g
Farmer-Type Ionization
Chamber, 0.6 cm
3
, Waterproof
Model 30-351
Completely waterproof, does not
require protective sleeve
Can be safely used in water
phantoms and solid state phantoms
Open volume, vented at connector
Fully guarded up to the measuring
volume
The waterproof 0.6 cm
3
ionization chamber (Model 30-351) is designed for absolute
dosimetry in radiation therapy. Since the chamber is waterproof, it may be used in
water phantoms and does not require a protective sleeve. It is rugged in construction
and has a PMMA/graphite thimble and an aluminum electrode. This chamber
includes a 33 ft (10 m) cable, BNC Triax connector, and a PMMA buildup cap.
Specications
Volume 0.6 cm
3
Response 2 10
-8
C/Gy
Leakage 4 10
-15
A
Cable length 33 ft (10 m)
Cable leakage 10
-12
C/(Gy cm)
5
H
8
O
2
), Graphite (C)
3
(PMMA), 1.85 gm/cm
3
(C)
2
Electrode Aluminum, 1.1 mm , 21.2 mm long
Ion collection time
300 V 0.18 ms
400 V 0.14 ms
500 V 0.11 ms
Saturation behavior
Saturation
behavior
Polarizing
voltage
99.0%
saturation
99.5%
saturation
300 V 5.70 Gy/s 2.80 Gy/s
400 V 10.00 Gy/s 5.00 Gy/s
500 V 16.00 Gy/s 7.80 Gy/s
300 V 0.69 mGy 0.34 mGy
400 V 0.91 mGy 0.46 mGy
500 V 1.14 mGy 0.57 mGy
Maximum dose rate
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. Printed in USA.
30-351-ds rev 3 07 mar 06
Available model(s)
30-351 Farmer-Type Ionization Chamber, 0.6 cm
3
, Waterproof,
includes BNC Triax connector and PMMA buildup cap
Specications (cont)
Diagram
Thimble
Buildup cap, PMMA
Reading / Dose, %
in Air
in PMMA
6 12 18 24 30 60 90 120 150 162 174 180 6 12 18 24 30 60 90 120 150 162 174 180
70 kV 20 48 69 81 88 99 100 100 98 96 91 88 70 kV 78 88 96 100 101 100 100 100 100 101 102 102
140 kV 36 66 82 90 94 100 100 100 100 98 96 94 140 kV 90 97 101 102 103 101 100 100 99 100 102 102
280 kV 57 80 90 94 96 100 100 100 100 99 98 97 280 kV 100 102 103 103 103 101 100 100 100 101 102 102
Co-60 67 85 91 95 97 100 100 100 100 99 99 98 Co-60 102 101 101 101 101 100 100 100 101 102 102 102
90
180 0
Energy dependence
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.03
1.01
0.98
0.97 0.97
0.97
1.00
0.95
1.00
1.05
40 60 100 150 Co-60
Photon Energy, kV
D
o
s
e
/
R
e
a
d
i
n
g
25.9
13
23.6
21.2
132.6
16.4
6.1
4.7
93.9
6.95
1.1
PinPoint
Ionization Chamber,
0.015 cm
3
, Waterproof
Model 30-353
The 0.015 cm
3
PinPoint ionization chamber is specically designed for stereotactic
eld measurements. PinPoint is a waterproof cylindrical ion chamber ideally suited
to perform relative measurements in water phantoms or solid-state phantoms
when superior spatial resolution is required. The chamber is fully guarded up to its
measuring volume and open to the surrounding air via its 4.3 ft (1.3 m) cable and
BNC Triax connector. PinPoint has a short rigid stem for mounting and includes a
PMMA buildup cap.
Specically designed for stereotactic
eld measurements
Completely Waterproof
0.015 cm
3
volume
2 mm active diameter
5 mm active length
Directional dependence is better than
0.5% when tilting the chamber by
20
Open volume, vented
volume
Specications
Volume 0.015 cm
3
Response 4 10
-10
C/Gy
Leakage 4 10
-15
A
Cable leakage 10
-12
C/(Gy cm)
5
H
8
O
2
), Graphite (C)
3
(PMMA), 0.82 gm/cm
3
(C)
2
Electrode Steel, 0.18 mm , 4.5 mm long
Nominal useful range
60
Co to 50 mV
Ion collection time
100 V 80 s
200 V 40 s
300 V 20 s
Saturation behavior
Saturation
behavior
Polarizing
voltage
99.0%
saturation
99.5%
saturation
100 V 145 Gy/s 74 Gy/s
200 V 585 Gy/s 290 Gy/s
400 V 2,340 Gy/s 1,160 Gy/s
100 V 1.3 mGy 0.6 mGy
200 V 2.6 mGy 1.3 mGy
400 V 5.0 mGy 2.5 mGy
Maximum dose rate
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. PinPoint is atrademark of PTW New York and PTW
30-353-ds rev 4 06 mar 06
Available model(s)
30-353 PinPoint Ionization Chamber, 0.015 cm
3
, Waterproof,
includes BNC Triax connector, PMMA buildup cap, and 33 mm
rigid stem for mounting
Specications (cont)
Chart showing proles of a 0.5 cm gap for 18 mV photons at 3.0 cm
depth in water:
Detector type 50% prole width, cm
0.125 cm
3
1.01
PinPoint 0.80
Diamond 0.70
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
Posit ion (mm)
R
e
l
a
t
i
v
e

d
o
s
e

(
%
)
0.125 cc
PinPoint
Diamond
Spatial resolution
Thimble
Buildup cap, PMMA
Diagram
2.0
0.8
4.5
6.9 3.4
6.95
49.7
7.0
3.7
9.7
5.0
3.4
IMRT Phantom
Head and Neck
Model 74-001
Verify heterogeneity corrections
Correlate CTU to electron density
Check dose distributions in sensitive
areas
Check depth doses and absolute dose
2D and 3D isodoses
Verify individual patient treatment
plans
Calibrate lm with ion chamber
Introduction
The Model 74-001 IMRT phantom is designed to address the complex issues
surrounding commissioning and comparison of treatment planning systems and
verication of individual patient plans and delivery.
The phantom is circular in shape, approximates the size of an average patient, and
is manufactured from unique proprietary materials that faithfully mimic bone and
water within 1% from 50 keV to 25 MeV. This enables thorough analysis of both the
treatment planning and delivery systems.
Tissue equivalent interchangeable rod inserts for ionization chambers allow for
point dose measurements in multiple planes in the phantom and lm calibration. The
phantom also supports lm dosimetry with not only standard radiographic lms but
also GAFCHROMIC
media. Optional inserts are available to support a variety of

other detectors including TLDs, MOSFET, and diodes.
Complete QA from CT imaging to dose verication
* GAFCHROMIC MD-22 Therapy Dosimetry Media (Model 37-041-2525), package of twenty 2.5 x 2.5 inch
octagonal shaped sheets.
The Model 74-001 accommodates one
Ready Pack 10 x 12 inch lm in
transverse orientation, two radiochromic
or radiographic 10 x 10 cm lms in
transverse orientation and/or a stack of
thirteen radiochromic lms pre-cut to 63.5
x 63.5 mm* in three different orientations.
The Model 74-001 includes ve different
Electron Density reference plugs that
can be interchanged in ve separate
locations within the phantom. The surface
of the phantom is etched with grooves to
ensure proper orientation of the CT slices
and accurate lm to plan registration.
An optional cranial bone ring is also
available.
Specications Head and Neck (Model 74-001)
1 - Film stack or gel cassette 4 - Cavity slab
2 - Fiducial markers 5 - 1 and 2 cm spacers for lm stack positioning
3 - Two 1 cm slabs for lm dosimetry 6 - 2 and 1 cm spacer slabs
Qty Model Description Qty Model Description
1
Water Equivalent Homogeneous Section drilled to
accommodate rod inserts, 15 cm thick
1 74-020
Bone Equivalent Rod Insert with Ion Chamber
Cavity, 15 cm long
1
Cavity Slab to accommodate Film Stack or Gel
Cassette, 6.4 cm
1 74-024
Water Equivalent Rod Insert with Ion Chamber
Cavity, 15 cm long
2 Film Slabs, 1 cm, Film Cavity 10 x 10 cm 2 End Slabs
1 74-013
Film Stack for Small Volume 3-D Image
Reconstruction
5 Water Equivalent Rod Inserts, 15 cm long
2 74-015 CT to Film Fiducial Markers in Film Slabs 1 Bone Equivalent Rod Insert, 15 cm long
2 Spacer Slabs, 1 cm 1 74-010 Alignment Device
1 Spacer Slab, 2 cm 1 74-016 Holding Device
Head and Neck includes
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Plastic Water and ReadyPack aretrademarks of
Computerized Imaging ReferenceSystems, Inc. GAFCHROMIC is atrademark of International Specialty
Products. Printed in USA.
74-001-ds rev 3 28 feb 06
Available model(s)
Rod with ion chamber cavities
Rods with chamber cavities are included with each phantom. See
specic phantom description for details. The rods are 1 inch in
diameter and are 15 cm long. They are available in water, bone, or
lung equivalent material. Should your chamber not be listed below,
contact Fluke Biomedical, Radiation Management Services Customer
Service for assistance.
When ordering, specify part number and cavity code.
Example: 74-024-501
Specications (cont)
Electron density reference inserts
Density
Electron density
per cc x 1023
Electron density
relative to H2O
H
2
0 1.00 3.34 1.000
Lung 0.21 0.69 0.207
Bone 1.60 5.03 1.506
Muscle 1.06 3.48 1.042
Adipose 0.96 3.17 0.949
Plastic Water
-
diagnostic/
therapy range
1.04 3.35 1.003
Model Description
74-001 IMRT Phantom - Head and Neck
Model Description
74-011
Water Equivalent Rod Inserts (5 cm) for TLD's
(set of 5)
74-014 Gel Dosimetry Cassette
74-028
Electron Density Reference Plugs
(set of 4: lung, bone, muscle, adipose)
Cavity
code
Accommodates
501
0.6 cm
3
Farmer-type Chambers without buildup cap,
PTW, Nuclear Enterprise (NE), Victoreen 580-006-WP
502
0.6 cm
3
Farmer-type chambers with buildup cap, PTW,
Nuclear Enterprise (NE)
506 Capintec PR-06G with buildup cap
507 Capintec PR-06C without buildup cap
511A Nuclear Enterprise (NE) 2533 without buildup cap
511B PTW N31003 0.3 cm
3
without buildup cap
511C PTW N31002 0.125 cm
3
without buildup cap
513 Exradin A-12
515 Exradin T-14 Microchamber
517 0.2 cm
3
Farmer-type Chamber without buildup cap
518 PTW 31006 without buildup cap
521 Wellhfer IC3
522 Nuclear Enterprise (NE) 2611A without buildup cap
523 Victoreen 550-6A Ion Chamber with buildup cap (X-10)
524 Victoreen 550-6A Ion Chamber without buildup cap
525 Wellhfer IC15 Ion Chamber without buildup cap
526 Capintec PR-06G without buildup cap
527 Wellhfer IC70 with buildup cap
528 Exradin 14SL
531 Exradin 1SL
532 Wellhfer CC13/IC10
533 Wellhfer CC01
Advanced
Pelvic 3D
Model 74-034
Introduction
The IMRT (Intensity-Modulated Radiotherapy) Phantom for Film and Ion Chamber
Dosimetry is designed to address the complex issues surrounding commissioning
and comparison of treatment planning systems while providing a simple yet reliable
method for verication of individual patient plans and delivery.
The phantoms are elliptical in shape. They properly represent human anatomy in size
and proportion. The phantoms are manufactured from a unique proprietary material
that faithfully mimics water within 1% from 50 keV to 25 MeV.
Check 2D dose distributions
(3D distributions optional)
Point dose measurements in multiple
planes
Calibrate lm with ion chamber
Quickly verify individual patient
treatment plans
Correlate CTU to electron density
Complete QA from CT imaging to dose verication
Thorax
Model 74-007
Homogeneous
Model 74-008
IMRT Phantoms
Models 74-007, 74-008, 74-034
The phantoms also support radiographic
or GAFCHROMIC
lm at mid-plane
in the phantom for analysis of dose
distributions. Optional inserts are
available to support a variety of other
detectors including TLDs, MOSFET, and
diodes.
The surfaces of the phantoms are etched
for ease of laser alignment, and CT
markers ensure accurate lm to plan
registration.
Specications Homogeneous (Model 74-008)
Specications Thorax (Model 74-007)
1
Thorax Region Section drilled to accommodate
rod inserts, 15 cm thick
1 74-020
Cavity, 15 cm long
12 Thorax Region Sections, 1 cm thick 1 74-022
Lung Equivalent Rod Insert with Ion Chamber
Cavity, 15 cm long
1 End Section, approx. 2 cm thick 5 Water Equivalent Rod Inserts, 15 cm long
1 74-024
Cavity, 15 cm long
1 Bone Equivalent Rod Insert, 15 cm long
1 74-010 Alignment Device 4 Lung Equivalent Rod Inserts, 15 cm long
1 74-016 Holding Device
Thorax includes
2
Tissue Equivalent Sections, one drilled to
1 74-024
Cavity, 15 cm long
5 74-015 CT to Film Fiducial Markers 1 74-010 Alignment Device
5 Water Equivalent Rod Inserts, 15 cm long 1 74-016 Holding Device
Homogeneous includes
Specications Advanced Pelvic 3D (Model 74-034)
Electron Density Reference Inserts for IMRT Phantoms: Models 74-008, 74-007, & 74-034
1
Tissue Equivalent Electron Density Reference
Section with interchangeable inserts, 5 cm thick
1 74-010 Alignment Device
10
Contiguous 3D Pelvic Sections each drilled to
1 74-016 Holding Device
1 74-017
Homogeneous Section that accommodates models
74-013 or 74-014 cassettes
4
1 74-024
Cavity, 15 cm long
1
Section for Electron Density Reference plugs,
5 cm thick
5
Water Equivalent Rod Inserts,
2.5 cm x 5 cm long
Advanced Pelvic 3D includes
Density
Electron density
per cc x 1023
Electron density
relative to H2O
H
2
0 1.00 3.34 1.000
Lung 0.21 0.69 0.207
Bone 1.60 5.03 1.506
Muscle 1.06 3.48 1.042
Adipose 0.96 3.17 0.949
Plastic Water
-
diagnostic/
therapy range
1.04 3.35 1.003
Available model(s) Rod with ion chamber cavities
Rods with chamber cavities are included with each phantom. See
specic phantom description for details. The rods are 1 inch in
diameter and are 15 cm long. They are available in water, bone, or
lung equivalent material. Should your chamber not be listed below,
contact Fluke Biomedical, Radiation Management Services Customer
Service for assistance.
When ordering, specify part number and cavity code.
Example: 74-024-501
Specications (cont)
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Plastic Water is atrademark of Computerized Imaging
ReferenceSystems, Inc. GAFCHROMIC is atrademark of International Specialty Products.
Printed in USA.
74-007-ds rev 4 28 feb 06
Model Description
74-008 IMRT Phantom - Homogeneous
74-007 IMRT Phantom - Thorax
74-034 IMRT Phantom - Advanced Pelvic 3D
Model Description
74-012 Single Breast Attachment
89-002 Foam Lined Carrying Case
74-015 CT to Film Fiducial Markers
74-028
74-013
Film Stack for Small Volume 3D Image
Reconstruction
74-014 Gel Dosimetry Cassette
74-017
Homogeneous Section that accommodates Models
74-018
Thorax Region Section that accommodates Models
74-019
Pelvic Region Section that accommodates Models
74-020
Cavity, 15 cm long
74-022
Lung Equivalent Rod Insert with Ion Chamber
Cavity, 15 cm long
74-024
Cavity, 15 cm long
74-011
Water Equivalent Rod Inserts (5 cm) for TLD's
(set of 5)
74-016 Holding Device
74-010 Alignment Device
Custom accessories are available for diodes, MOSFET, and other
detectors. Contact Fluke Biomedical, Radiation Management
Services customer service for more information.
Cavity
code
Accommodates
501
0.6 cm
3
Farmer-type Chambers without buildup cap,
PTW, Nuclear Enterprise (NE), Victoreen 580-006-WP
502
0.6 cm
3
Farmer-type chambers with buildup cap, PTW,
Nuclear Enterprise (NE)
506 Capintec PR-06G with buildup cap
507 Capintec PR-06C without buildup cap
511A Nuclear Enterprise (NE) 2533 without buildup cap
511B PTW N31003 0.3 cm
3
without buildup cap
511C PTW N31002 0.125 cm
3
without buildup cap
513 Exradin A-12
515 Exradin T-14 Microchamber
517 0.2 cm
3
Farmer-type Chamber without buildup cap
521 Wellhfer IC3
522 Nuclear Enterprise (NE) 2611A without buildup cap
523 Victoreen 550-6A Ion Chamber with buildup cap (X-10)
524 Victoreen 550-6A Ion Chamber without buildup cap
525 Wellhfer IC15 Ion Chamber without buildup cap
526 Capintec PR-06G without buildup cap
527 Wellhfer IC70 with buildup cap
528 Exradin 14SL
531 Exradin 1SL
532 Wellhfer CC13/IC10
533 Wellhfer CC01
CT Simulation Phantom
For quality control of CT simulators
and treatment planning systems
capable of generating digitally
reconstructed radiographs
Designed for use with spiral CT
scanners and may be used with
conventional scanners
Simplifies quality control for the
radiology physicist and radiation
oncology physicist
Verifies the accuracy of the digitally
reconstructed radiograph (DRR)
reconstruction for 3D treatment
planning systems
Introduction
A CT simulator consists of a dedicated,
fast CT scanner (often a spiral scanner), a
virtual simulator (a set of computer
software), and a laser marking device to
mark the center of target volume.
Therefore, methods of designing and
implementing quality control procedures
must include quality control on each
segment of the process. Accuracy of table
movements and lasers should also be
checked to be within 1 millimeter
accuracy.
Quality control of a virtual simulator is a
very complex issue and difficult to verify,
due to the nature of software quality. Since
geometrical planning is the core of CT
simulation, periodic quality control is
essential for maintaining optimum image
quality and patient care. Hence, the quality
control of a virtual simulator consists of
testing every segment of the software for
possible flaws. A detailed description of
such a process can be found in A Practical
Guide to CT Simulation.
1,2
The basic
features which must be checked are
reconstruction registration error (RRE), and
geometrical accuracy in gantry, collimator
and table simulations. The test should also
include imaging parameters such as low
contrast resolution and high contrast
detectability of a DRR.
Applications
Digitally reconstructed radiographs produced
from a commercial CT simulator have been
evaluated using this phantom which consists
of a 15 cm high-density polystyrene cubic
block. Polystyrene was chosen due to the
similarities in electron and physical densities
between it and water, while its dimensions
were chosen as a compromise between the
need to design a compact and portable
phantom and the desire to represent a typical
anatomical scan volume. In this instance, the
anatomical volume most representative of the
phantom can be considered as the head, the
neck and the brain.
The phantom contains four test patterns
engraved into three of its six faces. The four
patterns are designed to measure low and
high contrast resolution, modulation transfer
function, ray line divergence accuracy, and
spatial linearity of the digitally reconstructed
radiograph.
The CT Simulation Phantom tests all quality control
parameters that can affect patient treatment,
including RRE, magnification, image quality, and
more
References
1. K.P., McGee, I.J . Das, Commissioning Acceptance
Testing and Quality Assurance of a CT Simulator, in
A Practical Guide to CT Simulation, L.R. Coia, T.E.
Schultheiss, and G.E. Hanks, eds. (Madison, WI.:
Advanced Medical Publishing, 1995), 39-50.
2. K.P., McGee, I.J . Das, C. Sims, Evaluation of
Digitally Reconstructed Radiographs (DRRs) Used for
Clinical Radiotherapy: A PhantomStudy, Medical
Physics, 22 (1995),1815-1827. Request Reprint No.
638B.
Schematic representation of the phantom developed
to evaluate DRRs: (a) Top face of the DRR phantom
showing the contrast-detail, MTF, ray line
divergence (RLD), and spatial linearity (SL) test
patterns. (b) Side face of the phantom showing the
MTF and SL test pattern. (c) shows the third face of
the phantom containing the RLD pattern. The two
lines represent the rods embedded at distances of
5.38 and 6.25 cm from the central axis of the
phantom
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Victoreen and Double
Check aretrademarks of FlukeCorporation. Printed in USA.
76-417-ds rev 2 02 mar 05
Various 3D treatment planning systems can
also generate DRR. Hence, the quality control
of DRR generation needs to be addressed.
This versatile phantom provides essential
quality control tools for geometrical 3D
treatment planning systems and imaging tools
for CT-simulation as well, which are capable
of generating DRR for portal design.
Specifications
Material Acrylic
Dimensions 5.906 x 5.906 in (15 x 15 cm)
Available model(s)
76-417 CT Simulation Phantom
Electron
Density Phantom
components
Head Insert
components
Physical
density
Electron
density
per cc x 10
23
Electron
density
relative to H
2
O
Phantom head
Phantom body
(water equivalent)
1
1
1
0 ----- ----- -----
Syringe H
2
O 1 1 1 3.34 1
Lung (inhale) 2 1 0.195 0.634 0.19
Lung (exhale) 2 1 0.495 1.632 0.489
Breast (50/50) 2 1 0.991 3.261 0.976
Dense bone,
800 mg/cc HA H
2
O
with 10 mm dia rod
2 1 1.609 5.052 1.512
Trabecular bone 2 1 1.161 3.73 1.117
Liver 2 1 1.071 3.516 1.052
Muscle 2 1 1.062 3.483 1.043
Adipose 2 1 0.967 3.18 0.952
Distance Marker 2 2 1.007 ----- -----
Inserts
Can be configured to simulate head
or abdomen
Manufactured from durable epoxy
Tissue-equivalent plugs can be
positioned at 17 different locations
within the scan field
Special marker plugs enable quick
assessment of distance registration
All material accurately simulate
indicated tissue within the
diagnostic energy range
Includes a rugged carrying case
Electron Density Phantom
Model 76-462
Introduction
The Electron Density Phantom (Model 76-462) is used in CT (computed tomography) treatment planning. The accuracy of
radiation oncology treatment planning systems is heavily dependent upon precise CT analysis of the patient anatomy which is to be
irradiated.
Physicists performing treatment planning need accurate tools to evaluate CT scan data, correct for inhomogeneities and to
document the relationship between CT number and tissue electron density. The Electron Density Phantom is designed to meet this
requirement.
Specifications
Material Epoxy resin
Available model(s)
76-462 Electron Density
Phantom
For more information, receive our full
product catalog, or order online,
contact Radiation Management
Services business of Fluke
Biomedical: 440.248.9300 or
Specifications are subject to change without
notice.
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved.
Printed in USA.
76-462-ds rev 2 02 jun 05
Phantoms for Linac Radiosurgery
and the Gamma Knife
Models ST-1100A and ST-1150A
Spherical Phantom
Checks mechanical and dosimetric
parameters of treatment units
Homogeneous dry water phantom
with precise spherical shape - 16 cm
diameter
Displacement of maximum dose from
center of sphere shows degree of
accuracy and stability of the system
Checks the dose-calculation
algorithm for a homogeneous sphere
Dosimetry in the Spherical Phantom*
When the center of the sphere is used as the target for testing the treatment unit, it
must indicate the relationship between the point of maximum dose and the target.
These should, closely coincide for an accurate system.
A three-dimensional dosimetry cylinder at the center of the sphere measures both the
deviation of the maximum dose from the target and the gradient of the dose along the
three orthogonal axes of the sphere.
The TLD dosimetric cylinder is a stack of
dry-water disks of 44 mm in diameter. Seven
of the disks have concentric rings of holes for
TLD rods, 1 mm in diameter and 3 mm long.
Disk #4 is in the central plane of the cylinder.
A smaller target disk is at the center of this
disk. It has a Hounsfield number of about
130 for visibility in a CT scan.
The disks are assembled tightly by two nylon
rods and round, blind nuts, which locate the
cylinder precisely, linearly and angularly, in
both sphere and head.
* The Sphere was designed in conjuction with Timothy D. Solberg, Ph.D., Co-director of the University
of California at Los Angeles (UCLA) Radiosurgery Program.
Head Phantom
Checks accuracy of the treatment
Total system quality assurance
Checks the dose calculation
algorithm with and without
correction for tissue heterogeneities
Measures the dose delivered to
intracranial lesions
The TLD Dosimetric Cylinder
Spherical Phantom in stereotactic frame Head Phantom for stereotactic radiosurgery
The Film Dosimetric Cylinder
This is an optional
cylinder, interchangeable
with the TLD cylinder. It
is built up of 11 film disks
and 12 dry-water disks
with the same nylon
assembly rods and blind
nuts.
A simple fixture is supplied so the user can punch the film
disks from film sheets.
Standard Cone
This is a dry-water cone,
which fits precisely in a
recess in the sphere. It
accepts the dosimetric
cylinder (TLD or film).
It houses the dosimetric
cylinder at the center of
the sphere.
Optional Cone
This is molded to locate the measuring volume of an ion
chamber at the center of the / sphere. This cone is custom-
molded to suit the particular ion chamber specified by the
customer.
Dosimetry in the Head
Phantom
Provisions are made for installation of
the dosimetric cylinder at two locations
in the cranium. One is on the CC axis of
the head close to the apex. The other is
near one side of the head at about ear
level. Both cylinders are perpendicular
to the transverse planes of the head.
Since the dose at only one location is to
be measured at a time, the other location
is filled with a dry-water cylinder with
no dosimetric provisions. The target can
be located uniquely by an initial CT scan.
The Film Dosimetric Cylinder
Spherical Phantom with cone and adaptor for
instertion of dosimetric cylinder
Available model(s)
Disk with TLD rods
Two-dimensional dose distribution
(measured in the central plane using
1 x 3 mm TLD rods)
Exploded view of head to
show access to cylinders
ST-1100A-ds rev 1 10 mar 05
Spherical Phantom System
ST-1100A
Head Phantom
ST-1150A
Includes the following: Includes the following:
ST-1102 Truncated cone for
TLD or film dosimetry
1 TLD Dosimetric Cylinder and
1 One-Piece, Dry-Water
Cylinder to fill other cavity
ST-1103 TLD Dosimetric
Cylinder
2 spare nylon assembly rods and
4 spare blind nylon nuts
2 spare nylon assembly rods and
2 spare blind nylon nuts
Options Options
ST-1106 Truncated cone for ion
chamber (includes molding or
machining to install ion chamber
at center of sphere to user's
specification)
ST-1115 Punch for film
ST-1116 Film Dosimetric
Cylinder
ST-1116 Film Dosimetric
Cylinder
Note: If both the sphere and head are purchased, only one dosimetric
cylinder is needed.
Cal/Rad Wiper
Multi-Channel Analyzer
Single-Well Wipe Test Counter
Model 05-500
Meets all requirements for nuclear
medicine wipe testing
Integral-line Nal(Tl) well detector
with heavy shielding for maximum
sensitivity
Full-featured multi-channel analyzer
for high resolution detail
Graphical display of isotope spectra
and menu software
Identifies unknown isotopes
Automatic calibration for trouble-
free compliance
Removable well liner protects against
detector contamination
Meets all NRC and State Regulatory
Requirements for unrestricted areas
Ratio calculation for dual isotope
studies
Pass/fail warning
Choice of full-page or compact
printer (both optional)
Provides wipe test reports by
location, for easy regulatory
compliance
Results available in CPM or DPM
The Cal/Rad Wiper Multi-channel Analyzer/Single-Well Wipe Test Counter is a compact,
highly sophisticated, 4096 channel analyzer specifically developed for wipe testing in a
nuclear medicine setting. The Wiper satisfies the strictest regulations, while providing a
superior user interface. With its single well-type Nal(Tl) detector, the Cal/Rad Wiper is
ideal for the cost-conscious department that wants total compliance and long-term
reliability.
Sophisticated software makes getting accurate, detailed location reports fast, easy and
effective. Up to 20 predefined locations may be entered into the system. On a daily or
weekly basis, the user simply chooses Do Wipe Test from the main menu, selects a
location from the library, and counts.
A detailed report will be printed to the screen and/or the optional printer. The user may
choose between a compact printer designed to complement the system, or may opt for an
RS-232 Hewlett Packard or Epson printer (not included). For added versatility, the user
may send all isotope data to a computer for storage or to another department via the
built-in serial port.
Nuclear Medicine NM
Passed calibration screen Spectrum
Features
Isotope window selection
Fully user-programmable and selectable by location. A
sophisticated isotope identification helps users to identify the
content of a contaminated wipe
Built-in ratio program
Ideal for running single and dual isotope Schillings tests
Automatic high-voltage adjustment
Ensures that the Cal Rad Wiper is properly calibrated for
superior accuracy
Spectrum compensation
This unique feature provides accuracy across the energy
spectrum by compensating for the inherent non-linearity of
sodium iodide detectors. This superior technology presents
the isotopes in their truest form, not squeezed or compressed
into an unnatural, biased shape. It allows simpler
determination of energy peaks when operating the unit in the
Pulse Height Analyzer (PHA) Mode
Password-protection
For added departmental security
The Cal/Rad Wiper consists of three major
components
Detector assembly
This may be placed on either the right or left side of the Cal/Rad
Wiper chassis. It consists of an Nal(Tl) detector enclosed in heavy
lead shielding. The detector well has a removable liner to protect
against contamination. The liner can be removed for cleaning,
decontamination, or replacement.
The sodium iodide (Nal) crystal and integral photomultiplier tube
(PMT) convert the gamma radiation into electrical pulses that are
proportional to the energy of the radiation striking the detector.
The Cal/Rad Wipers unique Pulse Height Analyzer (PHA) and
4096-channel circuitry identifies and stores this pulse information.
This highly advanced device illustrates in clear, graphic detail the
profile of a particular isotope.
Video display
Featured in the Cal/Rad Wiper, is a backlit liquid crystal display.
This high resolution graphics unit allows the Cal/Rad Wiper to
draw and present the actual radiation spectra of the nuclide being
measured.
Keypad
Allows the user to input names, dates, time, commands, etc. into
the system. It will take on additional functions when using Pulse
Height Analyzer (PHA) mode.
Specifications
Detector Well-type Nal(Tl) integral line single-piece assembly
Shielding 0.75 in (20 mm) virgin lead
Analyzer 4096-channel MCA
Well liner Removable, inert plastic
Display Backlit LCD; 4.5 in (11.25 cm) diagonal
Data output Via screen, serial port, full or compact printer
Data input Alphanumeric keypad
Power requirements 110/220 VAC; 0.5/0.25 A; 50/60 Hz; 30 W
Dimensions
Base unit 10.5 (w) x 8.5 (d) x 10 in (h) (27 x 22 x 25 cm)
Detector 6 in x 10 in (h) (15 x 25 cm)
80-Column, High-Resolution Printer, includes power pack and
cable (Model 05-500-3500)
Check Source,
57
Co, 0.1 Ci, NIST Traceable
(Model 05-500-2000)
Test Wipes, 200 per box (Model 03-202)
Available model(s)
05-500 Cal/Rad Wiper Multi-Channel Analyzer Single-Well Wipe
Test Counter
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Wiper is atrademark of Laboratory Technologies, Inc.
Printed in USA.
05-500-ds rev 2 15 mar 05
CAL/RAD MARK IV
Nuclear Medicine NM
Microprocessor-controlled
PET ready - this dose calibrator is
set up electronically to read the most
commonly used isotopes:
18
F,
13
N,
11
C,
15
O,
22
Na
Great for small labs and cardiac
clinics
A simple 3-key operation
User-friendly
Reliable and a great value
Introduction
Our CAL/RAD MARK IV can easily handle the day-to-day preparation of the
syringes in small labs and private practices. It can also be used for the nal check of
unit doses. Whenever you need to know the precise activity of a particular isotope,
call on the CAL/RAD MARK IV.
Applications
The simple 3-key operation of the CAL/RAD MARK IV makes it easy to select
99m
Tc
or the programmable calibration factor. The activity value and the isotope are always
displayed on a 16-character, large-digit LCD.
Operation is as easy as 1-2-3
1. Select the isotope.
2. Enter the calibration factor into the CAL/RAD MARK IV.
3. The activity of the sample is automatically measured.
Function keys
Mode Used to select one of ve possible modes
Digit Used to select the desired digit on the LCD screen when user input of a
factor is needed
Cycle Used to change the value of the digit currently selected on the LCD screen
Features
Large backlit LCD
Auto-ranging
Accurate measurements
Quick response time
Readout in curies or becquerels
Satisfy state and NRC requirements
Sturdy construction
34-162-ds rev 3 03 mar 06
Specications
Control unit
Electronics 80C51 family microcontroller, 16 kb EEPROM
Display 16-character display
Scale illumination LED display illumination
Keyboard Membrane keyboard with mechanical depress action and
acoustic signal
Readout 0.001 MBq 200 GBq, 0.01 Ci 6 Ci
Bias correction Keyboard adjustable
Zero adjustment Keyboard adjustable
Battery test Keyboard selectable
Temperature range 32 to 104F (0 to 40C)
Power supply 220/240 V, 50/60 Hz, 25 W, (110/115 V, 50/60 Hz
jumper selectable)
Dimensions 11 x 10 x 3.5 in (28 x 24.5 x 8 cm)
Detector
Ionization chamber Pressurized (11.8 ATM argon)
Ionization voltage 150 V lithium battery
Well size 2.4 x 10 in (6 cm x 25 cm)
Saturation >200 GBq (
99m
Tc), >6 Ci (
99m
Tc)
Energy range 35 keV to 3 MeV
Lead shielding 3 mm Pb
Linearity 1% between 1 MBq and 200 GBq (
99m
Tc)
Electronics 80C652 microcontroller, 32 kb EEPROM, 32 kb
battery backed-up RAM, 16-bit A/D converter, 14-bit D/A converter,
9 decades auto-ranging amplier
Electrometer accuracy 2%
Battery test accuracy 10%
Temperature coefcient 0.3%/C between 10 and 30C
Reproducibility 1% over 24 hours, stable conditions
Response time Maximum 6 seconds for 95% of the end value
Detector (cont)
Ranges Two ranges (auto-ranging): from 0 to 50 MBq (
99m
Tc), from
50 MBq to 200 GBq (
99m
Tc)
Gain Digital adjustment
Bias correction Digital adjustment
Zero adjustment Digital adjustment
Calibration Digital adjustment
Background subtraction Digital control
Battery test Digital control
Power supply 15 VDC, 100 mA; 5 VDC, 200 mA
Cable 8 ft (2.5 m)
Dimensions 5.9 in x 16.5 in (d) (15 x 42 cm)
Molydenum Breakthrough Set (Model 34-204)
Extra Dipper (Model 34-162-2100)
Extra Well-Liner (Model 34-164-1241)
The Cal/Rad Mark IV chamber shielding is designed to offer extra
protection from high-energy gamma rays. The shielding consists of
8 interlocking lead rings and a lead bottom, completely surrounding
the ionization chamber. The lead rings are individually coated white.
There are two models available:
Chamber Shielding from high-energy activity 0.8 inch lead
shielding (Model 34-211-9998)
Lead shielding 0.8 in (20 mm)
Inner dimensions 6.7 in x 17.7 in (170 x 450 mm)
Chamber Shielding from high-energy activity 2 inch lead
Lead shielding 2 in (50 mm)
Available model(s)
34-162 CAL/RAD MARK IV, 110 V
34-162-2200 CAL/RAD MARK IV, 220 V
CAL/RAD MARK V
Nuclear Medicine NM
Microprocessor-controlled
Eight user preset isotopes selected
directly from the menu. Presets may
be easily changed
45 preset isotopes - instant selection
using the keys cursor
Ten additional user denable
calibration factors
Intelligent and intuitive user
interface
Introduction
Fluke Biomedical excels in its no-nonsense approach to supplying you with only
the nest products in the world to make your job easier, while helping you maintain
an efcient, cost-effective department. Thats why were so excited to offer you
the CAL/RAD MARK V Dose Calibrator. If youre looking for a high quality dose
calibrator that does a great job and can be easily connected to a PC or printer look
no further The CAL/RAD MARK V is for you.
Whenever you need to know the precise activity of a particular isotope, the
CAL/RAD MARK V will give you quick and reliable measurements each and
every time. Its elegantly simple design translates nicely into reliability, unsurpassed
accuracy, ease-of-use and all at a cost effective, budget-pleasing price.
Applications
Using the CAL/RAD MARK V is as easy as 1-2-3. J ust insert the sample, select the
isotope and the MARK V automatically performs the measurements. Measurements
are done on a continuous basis and are background compensated. The CAL/RAD
MARK V is so intelligent, it has its own built-in performance QC check. The
CAL/RAD MARK V is easily connected to a PC or optional serial label printer with
real-time clock, and enables the date and time information to be printed on labels.
No more confusing keyboards and buttons...
The CAL/RAD MARK V eliminates confusing keyboards with lots of buttons and
numerous steps to activate needed functions. Theyre now a thing of the past. You
get more performance and increased capability with just 4 function and cursor keys
that select radionuclides and modes. Thats the beauty of the CAL/RAD MARK V.
Features
Touch sensor keypad with adjustable
signals
Large backlit LCD for easy viewing
Auto-ranging
Readout in curies or becquerels
Quick response time
Extremely sensitive
Accurate measurements
RS-232 interface
Optional remote LCD readout
Optional printer and battery backup
clock
Satisfy state and NRC requirements
34-164-ds rev 4 03 mar 06
Specications
Control unit
Electronics 80C652 microcontroller, 64 kb EEPROM, 32 kb battery
backed-up RAM
Display 80 x 160 dots, 88 x 84 mm graphical LCD
Scale illumination Fluorescent display illumination
Keyboard Membrane keyboard with mechanical depress action and
acoustic signal
Readout 0.001 MBq to 200 GBq, 0.01 Ci to 6 Ci, selected isotope
and gain factor
Dened isotopes 45 keyboard selectable isotopes
Undened isotopes 10 user programmable gain factors
Preset isotopes 8 presets, user programmable
Calibration Keyboard adjustable
Bias correction Keyboard adjustable
Zero adjustment Keyboard adjustable
Background adjustment Keyboard selectable
Battery test Keyboard selectable
Chamber interface RS-232 plus power supply
Peripheral interface RS-232 interface, no handshake, 9600 Baud;
keyboard selectable modes: computer format, printer format, Extra
LCD readout format
Power supply 220/240 V, 50/60 Hz, 25 W or 110/115 V, 50/60 Hz
Dimensions 11 (w) x 9.6 (d) x 3.2 (h) (28 x 24.5 x 8 cm)
Detector
Ionization chamber Pressurized (12 bar argon)
Well size 6 cm x 25 cm
Saturation >200 GBq (
99m
Tc), >6 Ci (
99m
Tc)
99m
Tc)
Electronics 80C652 microcontroller, 32 kb EEPROM, 32 kb
battery backed-up RAM, 16-bit A/D converter, 14-bit D/A converter,
9 decades auto ranging amplier
Temperature coefcient 0.3%/C between 10 and 30C
Response time Maximum 6 seconds for 95% of the end value
Ranges Two ranges (auto ranging): from 0 to 50 MBq (
99m
Tc), from
50 MBq to 200 GBq (
99m
Tc)
Detector (cont)
Background subtraction Digital control
Interface Standard RS-232 interface, no handshake 9600 Baud
Power supply 15 VDC, 100 mA; 5 VDC, 200 mA
Cable 8 ft (2.5 m)
Dimensions 5.9 in x 16.5 in (d) (15 x 42 cm)
Label Printer including Real-Time Clock, 110 V
(Model 34-164-1000)
Label Printer including Real-Time Clock, 220 V
(Model 34-164-1220)
The CAL/RAD MARK V chamber shielding is designed to offer
extra protection from high-energy gamma rays. The shielding consists
of 8 interlocking lead rings and a lead bottom, thus completely
surrounding the ionization chamber. The lead rings are individually
coated white. There are two models available:
Lead shielding 0.8 in (20 mm)
Lead shielding 2 in (50 mm)
Available model(s)
34-164 CAL/RAD MARK V, 110 V, includes one well-liner and one
dipper
34-164-2200 CAL/RAD MARK V, 220 V, includes one well-liner
and one dipper
CAL/RAD MARK VI
Nuclear Medicine NM
Streamlines future dose-drawing
Touch screen interface
Fast Microsoft
Windows XP

embedded system
1% electrometer accuracy
Built-in software for automated
linearity, geometry, accuracy,
constancy, molybdenum
breakthrough, system checks and
more
15 front panel preset isotopes
Introduction
Innovation abounds in the CAL/RAD MARK VI from Cardinal Health. Our dose
calibrator contains the features most-wanted by health care professionals today
increased productivity, dose accuracy, and reduced absorbed patient dose. A touch-
screen interface combined with Microsoft
Windows XP
provides an unbeatable
combination thats not only easy-to-use but saves valuable time. Automated dose-
drawing calculates the correct future dose, providing you and your patients with the
condence that the right dose will be delivered each and every time.
Features
QA protocols for daily and quarterly
checks
Kit inventory control remembers
activity and volume in prepared kits
Extensive isotope library
Autoranging
RS-232
Source inventory
Fast response
Multiple geometrics for each
radionuclide
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. Microsoft and Windows XP aretrademarks of
Microsoft Corporation. Printed in USA.
34-165-ds rev 3 02 mar 06
Specications
Electrometer/readout unit
Touch screen display 8.4 inch TFT display, 800 x 600 resolution
Operating system Microsoft Windows XP embedded
Memory 64 MB 133 SDRAM; 64 MB compact ash card
Peripheral interfaces 1 x special RS-232 for detector; 1 x standard
RS-232 for label printer
Readout 0.001 MBq to 222 GBq; 0.01 Ci to 6 Ci
Dened isotopes 56 touch screen selectable isotopes
User denable isotopes 100 user denable isotopes
Preset isotopes 15 preset isotopes, all user selectable
Humidity Maximum 90% relative humidity, non-condensing
Dimensions 280 x 360 x 230 mm
Voltage 85 to 264 V, 47 to 63 Hz
Power consumption 90 W
Detector
Ionization chamber Pressurized (12 ATM Argon)
Well size 60 mm x 250 mm
Saturation 222 GBq (
99m
Tc); 6 Ci (
99m
Tc)
Resolution 0.001 MBq; 0.01 Ci
99m
Tc)
Temperature coefcient 0.1% between 10 and 40C at 5 MBq and up
Overall accuracy 3% dependant of specic calibration source and
geometric variations
Response time Maximum 2 seconds for 95% of end value
Ranges Three ranges (autoranging)
Detector (cont)
Background Subtraction Digital control
Interface Standard RS-232 interface, no handshake, 9600 baud
Power supply 5 VDC, 250 mA
Cable 2.5 m
Dimensions 150 mm x 420 mm
Seiko Label Printer (Model 34-165-1000)
The CAL/RAD MARK VI chamber shielding is designed to offer
extra protection from high-energy gamma rays. The shielding consists
of 8 interlocking lead rings and a lead bottom, thus completely
surrounding the ionization chamber. The lead rings are individually
coated white. There are two models available:
Lead Shielding 0.8 in (20 mm)
Inner Dimensions 6.7 in x 17.7 in (170 x 450 mm)
Lead Shielding 2 in (50 mm)
Inner Dimensions 6.7 in x 17.7 in (170 x 450 mm)
Available model(s)
34-165 CAL/RAD MARK VI
PET/SPECT
Performance Phantom
*
Model 76-823
For testing photon emission CT
systems
Measures resolution, linearity and
uniformity
Provides hot and cold simulated
lesions
Modular inserts fit optional source
tank or water tank of Model
76-410-4130 AAPM CT
Performance Phantom
Photon emission computed tomography (PET/SPECT) systems, like any imaging
apparatus, require periodic performance testing. This modular phantom is designed to
provide the data for such evaluations. It offers a single system for measuring resolution,
linearity and uniformity.
All components of the phantom fit into an optional, clear acrylic source tank which can
be filled with a
99m
Tc-and-water solution similar to that used for routine flood
uniformity testing.
Also Available, an optional set of three inserts includes two for resolution (one with
cold lesions in a hot field and one with hot lesions in a cold field) and one for
linearity/uniformity measurements. The visibility of all lesions can be varied by
adjusting the concentration of radioisotope in the tank.
Specifications
Source Tank Made of acrylic, 8.5 inch
OD x 8 inch ID x 12 inch long. Resealable,
with fill and drain ports. Provides
background activity when filled with the
desired
99m
Tc-and-water solution and
includes support blocks
Cold Lesion Insert 7.88 inch OD x
3 inch thick. Contains seven plastic rods;
each is nominally 25% larger than the next
smaller size. Rod diameters are 5.9, 7.3,
9.2, 11.4, 14.3, 17.9 and 22.3 mm. Plastic
spheres of the same diameters mounted on
metal rods, (supplied) can be attached to
this insert. The rods and spheres displace
the radioactive solution in the source tank,
thereby creating cold lesions.
Exponential size gradations allow
quantitative resolution measurements
Linearity/Uniformity Insert 7.88 inch OD
x 2 inch thick. Has a crossed grid of cutout
channels in an acrylic block. Scan should show
these channels with zero curvature and uniform
intensity
Hot Lesion Insert 7.88 inch OD x 2.5 inch
thick. Contains eight pairs of holes drilled through
* Designed and developed by Ray A. Carlson, Hutzel
Hospital, Detroit, MI, and Jeffrey T. Colvin, Texas
Oncology PA, Dallas, TX.
a solid acrylic block. Hole diameters are
4.7, 5.9, 7.3, 9.2, 11.4, 14.3, 17.9 and
22.3 mm. The diameter of each pair
increases nominally by 25% over that of
the preceding pair. The solid block
creates a cold field in which the
solution-filled holes appear as hot
lesions
PET/SPECT Cardiac Insert
(Model 76-825)
See next page for details.
Phantom components
76-823 PET/SPECT Phantom
Source Tank
76-824 PET/SPECT Phantom
Inserts, set of three
Exploded view of phantom
Cold
Lesion
Insert
Linearity/
Uniformity
Insert
Hot
Lesion
Insert
Source
Tank
Nuclear Medicine NM
For more information, receive our full product
catalog, or order online, contact Radiation
Management Services business of Fluke
Biomedical: 440.248.9300 or
2005FlukeBiomedical. All rightsreserved. PrintedinUSA.
76-823-ds rev 2 12 mar 05
PET/SPECT Cardiac Insert
Model 76-825
Provides a multifunction simulation
of the heart
Can be used with various activity
levels
Insert can be swiveled a full 360
Provides for body background
radioactivity
The PET/SPECT Cardiac Insert is used with the PET/SPECT Performance Phantom
Source Tank (Model 76-823) to mimic the human heart for myocardial perfusion.
The heart is approximately 8 cm in diameter by 8 cm high, and has a 1.5 cm thick
hollow wall which may be filled with a solution containing Thallium-201, or any
other desired isotope. The insert is then placed within the source tank, and the tank
can be filled with a less concentrated radioactive background solution.
The PET/SPECT Cardiac Insert is supported on plastic rods, to allow the entire unit
to swivel a full 360, or be rotated to any desired angle, assuming any desired
position or attitude.
Specifications
Material Acrylic
Construction Sections are sealed with O
rings for leakproof assembly
Dimensions 8 inch x 6 to 10 in (h)
(variable with position of heart)
Available model(s)
76-825 PET/SPECT Cardiac Insert
76-823 PET/SPECT Phantom Source Tank
PET/SPECT Cardiac Insert, shown in
PET/SPECT Performance Phantom Source
Tank (Model 76-823)
Nuclear Medicine NM
76-825-ds rev 2 12 mar 05
Spatial Resolution Phantom
for SPECT Systems
Model 76-826
The Spatial Resolution Phantom
follows the NEMA
Recommendations for
implementing SPECT
Instrumentation quality control*
Measures line spread function
Fits and tests all SPECT systems
under clinical conditions
Built to NEMA specifications
The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) has developed
standards for making performance measurements of Single Photon Emission
Computed Tomography (SPECT) systems. These standards provide a uniform
criterion for measuring and reporting SPECT performance parameters by which a
manufacturer may specify a device. You may use these standards to make
measurements when comparing a devices performance with the manufacturers
specifications, or to compare one device to another.
This phantom meets the specifications for measuring the systems Line Spread
Function according to NEMA protocol.
The phantom consists of a cylindrical tank, 8 inch long by 8 inch diameter, with
three stainless steel tubes that can be filled with a
99m
Tc solution of any desired
concentration. The tank can be filled with water to provide proper gamma-ray
scattering.
* NEMA standards publication NU1-1994
Performance Measurements of Scintillation
Cameras available for purchase by calling IHS
800.854.7179.
Specifications
Material Acrylic
Tubes Stainless steel; 1 mm
Dimension 8 in x 8 in (d) (20.3 x 20.3 cm)
Available Model(s)
76-826 Spatial Resolution Phantom for
SPECT Systems
Nuclear Medicine NM
2005 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. NEMA is atrademark of theNational Electrical Manufacturers Association for its publication of
voluntary standards and guidelines. NEMA is not acertification mark. Printed in USA.
76-826-ds rev 2 12 mar 05
Pixel Calibration Phantom
Model 76-829
Designed to make pixel size
calibration easy and accurate
Pixel calibration is an essential
component of a SPECT quality
control program
Ideal for verifying pixel size stated
by camera manufacturer at
acceptance testing and as part of a
quality control program
The attenuation correction algorithm
uses the pixel dimension, and if in
error, the images will be either over
or under-corrected
Pixel calibrations should be
made for:
All acquisition matrices used, and in
both the x and y axis
All zooms clinically used
Verifying pixel size is critical if:
SPECT imaging is to be performed
Linear distances or lesion sizes are to
be stated in clinical reports
Quantitative procedures are to be
performed (such as quantitative gated
cardiac studies)
SPECT Quality Control Kits
Model 76-440 Series
Enable you to meet the NEMA
recommendations for implementing SPECT

instrumentation quality control
SPECT Quality Control Kit #1
(Model 76-440-4837)
Components Model
SPECT, Coincidence, and PET Imaging
Performance (SCIP) Phantom
76-442
Orthogonal Tri-Hole Phantom 76-837
SPECT Tank Phantom 76-440
Pixel Calibration Phantom 76-829
Weight: 51 lb (23 kg)
(Model 76-440-4890)
Components Model
SPECT, Coincidence, and PET Imaging
Performance (SCIP) Phantom
76-442
(UB) Gamma Camera Test Pattern 76-890
(Model 76-440-8837)
Components Model
Tank and Inserts
76-823 &
76-824
Orthogonal Tri-Hole Phantom 76-837
(Model 76-440-8890)
Components Model
Tank and Inserts
76-823 &
76-824
(UB) Gamma Camera Test Pattern 76-890
Specifications
The phantom has seven source locations, with
the distance between source locations
accurately determined. These distances range
from 70 to 440 mm. Two lead source holders,
each with a 1.5 mm hole located in the center,
are included with the phantom
Dimensions 4 (w) x 20 in (d) (10.2 x 50.8 cm)
Lead Source Holders, two (Model 76-829-2000)
Available model(s)
76-829 Pixel Calibration Phantom, with
two Lead Source Holders
Nuclear Medicine NM
2005FlukeBiomedical. All rightsreserved. NEMA isatrademark of theNational Electrical ManufacturersAssociationfor itspublicationof voluntary standardsandguidelines. NEMA isnot acertificationmark. PrintedinUSA.
76-829-ds rev 2 12 mar 05
Computerized
Dynamic Line Phantom
Model 76-838
A breakthrough in gamma camera
quality control
Makes current flood/phantom QC
testing of gamma camera systems
old-fashioned
Eliminates the need for most
conventional phantoms
Greatly reduces personnel exposure
during QC testing
Features
Programmed to perform nine
quality control tests, including:
Parallel Lines Equally Spaced (PLES)
Flood Field
Modulation Transfer Function
Variable Contrast
Resolution (hot and cold lines)
Dynamic Range
Linearity
Homogeneous Field at two different
fields of view (500 x 500 mm and 300
x 500 mm)
The Computerized Dynamic Line
Phantom will provide a true and
accurate flood uniformity test for
gamma cameras, a necessity in
SPECT imaging.
This phantom uses the principle of a
thin line source transversing the
camera. Using microprocessor
technology, it can simulate a number
of different phantoms. It can also
provide direct measurement of the
modulation transfer function, evaluate
collimator operation and check the
complete imaging system: camera,
interface, processing, display.
The computerized Dynamic Line Phantom consists of a long, slender line source on a movable
source holder. A microprocessor generates a sequence of pulses which drives a stepping motor
that moves the source holder across the phantom. The line source can be filled with any
isotope, and tests can also be accomplished using gases such as krypton or xenon.
Because the radiation intensity is inversely proportional to the velocity of the line source,
different test patterns can be generated by different pulse sequences. Conventional phantoms
such as flood, quadrant bar, PLES, orthogonal hole, flood sources, Hine-Duley, BRH test
patterns, and others, have been incorporated into the Computerized Dynamic Line Phantom
which is preprogrammed to perform nine quality control tests.
The phantom will significantly reduce the amount of time now being spent performing QC
testing. It will provide fast, accurate, cost-effective results. And since the radioactive material
is concentrated into a thin line (as compared to the large surface of a conventional flood
source or phantom), exposure to personnel is dramatically reduced.
Specifications
Line source
Length 500 mm
Inside diameter 1 mm
Wall thickness 0.3 mm
Volume 0.4 ml
Material Stainless steel
Source holder
Dimensions
560 x 25 x 12 mm
Material Aluminum
Leadmask
Dimensions
500 x 25 x 4 mm
Lead thickness 1 mm
Hole diameter 2 mm
Hole separation 10 mm
Scatterblock
Dimensions
500 x 60 x 60 mm
Effective thickness
42 mm
Material Acrylic
Position accuracy
Within 25 m
Phantom
Dimensions 26.3 (w) x
19.8 (d) x 3.3 in (h)
(670 x 505 x 85 mm)
Available Model(s)
76-838 Computerized
Dynamic Line Phantom
Nuclear Medicine NM
One phantom provides nine physical tests under two different fields of view
For more information, receive our full product catalog, or order online, contact Radiation Management
Services business of Fluke Biomedical: 440.248.9300 or www.flukebiomedical.com/rms.
76-838-ds rev 2 12 mar 05
Nuclear Medicine NM
Dual-Source Scatter Phantom
Model 76-840
For deadtime measurements
Simulates in-vivo scatter conditions
needed to measure gamma camera
deadtime
Deadtime is a time interval during which
a radiation counting instrument that is
processing incident radiation is
insensitive to additional radiation. At
higher count rates, losses caused by
deadtime limitations degrade quantitative
data. Absolute count-rate accuracy
requires mathematical corrections for
deadtime losses.
1
Under clinical conditions, the deadtime
of a scintillation camera is a function of
radiation scatter within the source and its
surroundings. Therefore, a scatter
phantom which simulates in-vivo
forward and backscatter characteristics
of
99m
Tc gamma rays is required for the
extrinsic measurement of a scintillation
cameras deadtime. The Dual-Source
Scatter Phantom produces a spectrum
typical of that observed from
99m
Tc in the
Specifications
Material Acrylic
Dimensions 6 (w) x 8 (d) x 8 in (h)
(15 x 20 x 20 cm)
Hole dimensions 1.7 cm x 12 cm deep.
The two holes are used to hold the radioactive
sources and are spaced 5 cm apart (center-to-
center) at a distance of 5 cm from the face of
the phantom
References
1. Ralph Adams, Gerald J . Hine, and C. Duane
Zimmerman, DeadtimeMeasurements in Scintillation
Cameras Under Scatter Conditions Simulating
Quantitative Nuclear Cardiography, The Journal of
Nuclear Medicine, 19 (1978), 538-544.
Available model(s)
76-840 Dual-Source Scatter Phantom
Figure 1. Similarity of spectra obtained from in-vivo and phantom
scatter measurements
Figure 1A. Spectrum from
99m
Tc-labeled microspheres in
myocardium, LAO 30 view
Figure 1B.
99m
Tc spectrum from Dual-Source Scatter Phantom
myocardium. Note the
excellent reproduction of
in-vivo scatter conditions
(see Figure 1).
A deadtime measurement
can be accomplished
easily in about
15 minutes. Equipment
required include the
phantom and two
99m
Tc
test tube sources for
which accurate calibration
is not necessary. After
measuring the count rates
of the sources,
individually and
combined, the deadtime
can be determined by
using a calculator with
natural log functions.
76-840-ds rev 2 12 mar 05
Bar Phantoms and Test Patterns
Models 76-814 to 76-890
Nuclear Medicine NM
Extra-Large Rectangular Bar
Phantom
Contains four sets of lead bars (effective area
25 x 17 inch) embedded in a 27 x 17 x 0.5 inch
thick plastic holder.
Standard Bar Phantom
For crystal sizes up to 14 inch diameter
Contains four sets of lead bars (effective area
14 x 14 inch) embedded in a 16 x 16 inch
plastic holder.
Jumbo Bar Phantom
For all large-eld gamma cameras
Each phantom has four sets of lead bars
(effective area 16 x 16 inch) encased in an
18 x 18 inch plastic holder.
Quadrant Bar Phantoms
Four scintiphotos measure the following camera parameters: intrinsic
resolution and collimator system spatial resolution
Choice of standard, jumbo, or extra-large rectangular model
Gamma Camera Resolution/Linearity Test Pattern
Follows NEMA
standards measurements*
For measuring intrinsic spatial resolution and linearity per NEMA standards
Follows NEMA specications
Fits most scintillation cameras
Introduction
The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) has developed
standards for making performance measurements of scintillation cameras, in order
to provide a uniform criterion for measuring and reporting the parameters by which
a manufacturer may specify a device. Our test pattern follows these specications
for checking a cameras intrinsic spatial resolution and linearity according to NEMA
protocol.
Applications
The test pattern consists of a 0.13 inch thick lead sheet, 22 inch square, sandwiched
in protective plastic. A series of parallel 1 mm wide slits in the lead, 3 cm (center-
to-center) apart, are arranged so that the ends of the slits form an 18 inch diameter
circle, large enough to be compatible with most gamma cameras. The 0.125 inch
lead thickness completely shields the areas between the slits from the 140 keV
photons from
99m
Tc.
This test pattern is used with two limiting rings with outside diameters of at least
18 inch and with inside diameters equal to the Useful Field of View (UFOV) and the
Central Field of View (CFOV; 75% of the UFOV diameter) of the camera. The rings
are not included, but can be constructed using our Lead-Vinyl.
* NEMA standards publication NU1-1994
Performance Measurements of Scintillation
Cameras. Available for purchase by calling IHS at
800.854.7179.
Specications
Available model(s)
76-836 Gamma Camera Resolution/Linearity
Test Pattern
Model Designation Bar widths
76-814
Standard
resolution
0.125, 0.19, 0.25
and 0.4 inch
76-818
High
resolution
0.1, 0.19, 0.25
and 0.4 inch
76-820
Standard
resolution
2.5, 3.0, 3.5
and 4.0 mm
For more information or to receive our full product catalog, contact
Fluke Biomedical at 440.248.9300 or www.ukebiomedical.com/rms.
2005, 2006 FlukeBiomedical. All rights reserved. LEXAN is atrademark
of General Electric Company. Cerrobend is atrademark of Cerro DePasco
Corporation. NEMA is atrademark of theNational Electrical Manufacturers
Association for its publication of voluntary standards and guidelines. NEMA is not
acertication mark. Printed in USA.
76-802-ds rev 3 03 mar 06
(UB) Gamma Camera Test Pattern
The most cost-effective means of performing routine quality control
checks of gamma camera resolution or linearity on the market today
One image per detector head is all thats needed to equally and
effectively test all quadrants of the gamma camera
Save time and money. Perform routine quality control tests of gamma
camera spatial resolution and spatial linearity in approximately one
quarter of the time presently spent...
Time savings = cost savings!
Quickly and easily perform extrinsic testing and intrinsic visual
evaluation
Outperforms any 90 bar phantom, single-frequency Parallel-Line
Equal-Space (PLES), Hine-Duley or orthogonal hole test pattern
Satisfy mandatory state quality control requirements
Optimized for dual and triple-head gamma cameras
Ideal for large detectors...its large size covers UFOV
Increase patient throughput
Introduction
Routine quality control tests are required to show that a nuclear imaging
gamma camera is operating within the manufacturers design specications.
Therefore, it is recommended that spatial linearity and spatial resolution
testing be performed weekly on each gamma camera in an active nuclear
medicine clinic.
Typically, extrinsic testing (collimator in place) of the cameras linearity and
resolution is tested with one of three types of transmission test patterns: a
four-frequency, equal-spaced bar pattern, usually referred to as a 90 bar
phantom, a single-frequency parallel-line equal-space (PLES) test pattern,
or a single-frequency orthogonal hole test pattern. Unfortunately, none of
these test patterns can quickly and easily provide all of the information you
need, but the UB Gamma Camera Test Pattern can.
You need the UB Gamma Camera Test Pattern because:
The UB Gamma Camera Test Pattern provides all of the benets of a 90
bar phantom, with an important added benet: The uniquely-designed UB
Gamma Camera Test Pattern requires that only one image per detector head
be acquired in order to equally test all quadrants of the gamma camera for
visual evaluation of spatial resolution and spatial linearity during quality
control testing. Because only one image is required, quality control testing
time can be reduced to approximately one quarter of the time typically
required. Its versatility also makes it superior to PLES and orthogonal hole
test patterns.
Applications
The patterns shadows are used to evaluate the
cameras spatial resolution (the ability to see
small objects) and spatial linearity (the ability to
correctly position image data).
Specications
The UB Gamma Camera Test Pattern consists of
four frequencies of parallel-line equally-spaced
bars (0.25, 0.19, 0.16, and 0.1 inch) arranged
in an L-shaped conguration in each of its
quadrants. Each of the four sets of equally-spaced
parallel lines is precisely machined onto a 20 x 20
x 0.38 inch Lexan
plastic sheet. The machined

line sets are lled (cast) with Cerrobend
a high
atomic numbered, high-density metal alloy. This
alloy is used to attenuate gamma radiation when
the pattern is placed between the gamma camera
detector and a radioactive point or ood source.
Dimensions 20 x 20 x 0.38 in (50.8 x 50.8 x 0.965 cm)
Available model(s)
76-890 UB Gamma Camera Test Pattern
The UB Gamma Camera Test Pattern is an economical,
timesaving, easy-to-use product that will revolutionize gamma
camera quality control... while saving the average nuclear
medicine facility thousands of dollars each year!

Catalogo Ety C Fluke 08 B

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Catalogo Ety C Fluke 08 B

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

DlAGNOSTlCO POR lMAGENES

for documenting, enhancing,

wireless communicationno cables

Easy-to-use one-step mode selection

Automatic default to last use mode

Customized measurement routines can be created, stored and

Rugged Fluke design

MICRO-R (Model 06-526-5240)

PLUS (Model 06-526)

PLUS (Model 06-526)

PLUS (Model 06-526)

is areqistered trademark of Radiology Support

and Foundation. Manufactured under

US Patent No. 5196343.

, Rochester, MN 55905. Manufactured

Dimensions 2.47 (w) x 2.47 (d) x 2.47 in (t)

Model 660 Electrometer

disc with a 6 inch diameter. The six

and Lung Inserts (Models

plates of different sizes, all affixed to a flat

*, urethane, epoxy, and ABS

Model 660 Electrometer

, a solid-elastic, water-based polymer that exhibits echogenic

. Unlike other phantom

95, 98, 2000, and NT

Windows 95, 98, 2000, and NT

Double Check Pro is a portable, easy-to-use, daily check device for

Customization Program. Fully

Access database compatible

compatible PC, Intel

media. Optional inserts are available to support a variety of

recommendations for implementing SPECT

plastic sheet. The machined

Potrebbero piacerti anche